[go: up one dir, main page]

CN115087107A - Communication method and device - Google Patents

Communication method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN115087107A
CN115087107A CN202110278081.1A CN202110278081A CN115087107A CN 115087107 A CN115087107 A CN 115087107A CN 202110278081 A CN202110278081 A CN 202110278081A CN 115087107 A CN115087107 A CN 115087107A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
bwp
information
frequency hopping
frequency
terminal device
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CN202110278081.1A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
温容慧
余政
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to CN202110278081.1A priority Critical patent/CN115087107A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2022/079827 priority patent/WO2022193997A1/en
Publication of CN115087107A publication Critical patent/CN115087107A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B1/00Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
    • H04B1/69Spread spectrum techniques
    • H04B1/713Spread spectrum techniques using frequency hopping
    • H04B1/7136Arrangements for generation of hop frequencies, e.g. using a bank of frequency sources, using continuous tuning or using a transform
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B1/00Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
    • H04B1/69Spread spectrum techniques
    • H04B1/713Spread spectrum techniques using frequency hopping
    • H04B1/715Interference-related aspects
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/08Load balancing or load distribution
    • H04W28/082Load balancing or load distribution among bearers or channels
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B1/00Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
    • H04B1/69Spread spectrum techniques
    • H04B1/713Spread spectrum techniques using frequency hopping
    • H04B1/715Interference-related aspects
    • H04B2001/7152Interference-related aspects with means for suppressing interference
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/08Load balancing or load distribution

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种通信方法和装置,该方法应用于终端设备包括:在第一部分带宽BWP的频率范围内中接收来自网络设备的第一信令;若第一信令指示跳频,且根据跳频偏移信息确定第一频域资源,且第一频域资源中至少有部分资源在第一BWP的频率范围之外,确定通过频率调谐到第一频域资源内进行通信,且第一BWP不变;和/或,若第一信令指示第一BWP的附加位置,不期望有超出第一BWP的频率范围的跳频指示,且通过频率调谐到所述第一BWP的附加频率范围内进行通信;和/或,若第一信令指示第二BWP的标识ID信息,不期望有超出第二BWP的频率范围的跳频指示,从第一BWP切换到第二BWP,提高信令指示的灵活性。

Figure 202110278081

The present application provides a communication method and apparatus. The method applied to a terminal device includes: receiving a first signaling from a network device in the frequency range of the first partial bandwidth BWP; if the first signaling indicates frequency hopping, and according to The frequency hopping offset information determines the first frequency domain resource, and at least some of the first frequency domain resources are outside the frequency range of the first BWP, and it is determined that the frequency is tuned to the first frequency domain resource for communication, and the first The BWP is unchanged; and/or, if the first signaling indicates an additional location of the first BWP, a frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency range of the first BWP is not expected, and the additional frequency range of the first BWP is tuned by frequency and/or, if the first signaling indicates the identification ID information of the second BWP, a frequency hopping instruction beyond the frequency range of the second BWP is not expected, switch from the first BWP to the second BWP, and improve the signaling Indicative flexibility.

Figure 202110278081

Description

通信方法和装置Communication method and device

技术领域technical field

本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及通信方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communication, and more particularly, to communication methods and apparatus.

背景技术Background technique

目前,如果终端设备的信息传输限制在部分带宽(bandwidth part,BWP)或终端设备 支持的信道带宽范围内,而BWP或信道带宽较窄时,信息传输不能更好的获取频率分集增益,并且,如果过多的用户在相同的BWP中传输会导致网络拥塞,用户传输信息的时 延会增加。因而,网络设备可以在超出BWP或终端设备支持带宽的频率范围外调度资源, 和终端设备进行信息传输,可以有效避免干扰或实现负载均衡。At present, if the information transmission of the terminal equipment is limited to the bandwidth part (BWP) or the channel bandwidth supported by the terminal equipment, and the BWP or channel bandwidth is narrow, the information transmission cannot better obtain the frequency diversity gain, and, If too many users transmit in the same BWP, the network will be congested, and the delay in transmitting information by users will increase. Therefore, the network device can schedule resources beyond the frequency range supported by the BWP or the terminal device, and perform information transmission with the terminal device, which can effectively avoid interference or achieve load balancing.

然而,网络设备如何根据终端设备的业务需求指示终端设备的信息传输的方式成为目 前需要解决的技术问题。However, how the network device instructs the information transmission mode of the terminal device according to the service requirements of the terminal device has become a technical problem that needs to be solved at present.

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

本申请提供一种通信方法和装置,网络设备可以灵活指示终端设备的信息传输的方 式,并且可以获取频域分集增益和负载均衡,保障通信的可靠性。The present application provides a communication method and apparatus, in which the network device can flexibly indicate the information transmission mode of the terminal device, and can obtain frequency domain diversity gain and load balancing, so as to ensure the reliability of communication.

第一方面本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法例如可以由终端设备执行,或者, 也可以由配置在终端设备中的部件(如芯片或芯片系统等)执行。本申请对此不作限定。First Aspect The embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, and the method may be executed by, for example, a terminal device, or may also be executed by a component (such as a chip or a chip system, etc.) configured in the terminal device. This application does not limit this.

具体地,该方法包括:若所述第一信令指示跳频,且所述终端设备根据跳频偏移信息 确定第一频域资源,且所述第一频域资源中至少有部分资源在所述第一BWP的频率范围之外,所述终端设备确定通过频率调谐到所述第一频域资源内进行通信,且所述终端设备的第一BWP不变;和/或,若所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置,所述终端设 备不期望有超出第一BWP的频率范围的跳频指示,且所述终端设备通过频率调谐到所述 第一BWP的附加频率范围内进行通信;和/或,若所述第一信令指示第二BWP的标识ID 信息,所述终端设备不期望有超出第二BWP的频率范围的跳频指示,且所述终端设备从 所述第一BWP切换到所述第二BWP;所述终端设备根据所述第一信令的指示进行通信。Specifically, the method includes: if the first signaling indicates frequency hopping, the terminal device determines a first frequency domain resource according to the frequency hopping offset information, and at least some of the first frequency domain resources are in Outside the frequency range of the first BWP, the terminal device determines to perform communication within the first frequency domain resource by frequency tuning, and the first BWP of the terminal device remains unchanged; and/or, if the The first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, the terminal device does not expect a frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency range of the first BWP, and the terminal device tunes to the additional frequency of the first BWP by frequency and/or, if the first signaling indicates the identification ID information of the second BWP, the terminal device does not expect a frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency range of the second BWP, and the terminal device from The first BWP is switched to the second BWP; the terminal device communicates according to the instruction of the first signaling.

本申请中“终端设备不期望”某情况可以理解为终端设备不支持该情况,或为终端设 备遇到该情况后不做任何处理,或为终端设备遇到该情况后不进行信息传输,或为终端设 备遇到该情况后自己决定如何处理(网络设备不做限制或规定),或为终端设备认为网络设 备的调度不会出现该情况,或为网络设备的调度不能出现该情况。In this application, a situation that "the terminal device does not expect" can be understood as the terminal device does not support the situation, or the terminal device does not do anything after encountering this situation, or the terminal device does not perform information transmission after encountering this situation, or The terminal device decides how to deal with it after encountering the situation (the network device does not make restrictions or regulations), or the terminal device thinks that the scheduling of the network device will not occur, or the scheduling of the network device cannot occur.

基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以按照第一信令的指示确定信息传输的方式,在获得 频域分集增益和负载均衡的同时,终端设备可以根据业务需求和第一信令的指示灵活确定 信息传输的方式,提高了灵活性,进而保障了信息传输的可靠性。Based on the above technical solutions, the terminal device can determine the information transmission mode according to the instruction of the first signaling. While obtaining the frequency domain diversity gain and load balance, the terminal device can flexibly determine the information transmission according to the service requirements and the instruction of the first signaling. The method improves flexibility and thus ensures the reliability of information transmission.

结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令还能够指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,该方法还包括:所述终端设备根据所述第一信令的指示确定BWP的资源, 包括:所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述终 端设备根据所述第一BWP的默认位置确定所述第一BWP的资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the first signaling can further indicate the default location of the first BWP, and the method further includes: the terminal device according to the indication of the first signaling Determining the resources of the BWP includes: the first signaling indicates the default location of the first BWP, the ID of the first BWP remains unchanged, and the terminal device determines the first BWP according to the default location of the first BWP A BWP resource.

结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置时,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述终端设备根据所述第一BWP的附加位置确定所 述第一BWP的资源;或所述第一信令指示所述第二BWP的ID时,所述终端设备根据所 述第二BWP的默认位置确定所述第二BWP的资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementations, when the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, the ID of the first BWP does not change, and the terminal device according to the first BWP The additional location of the BWP determines the resources of the first BWP; or when the first signaling indicates the ID of the second BWP, the terminal device determines the resource of the second BWP according to the default location of the second BWP resource.

也就是说,本申请中,终端设备根据方式1进行信息传输时,需要调谐2次,即信息传输前和信息传输后都需要调谐,可以提高分集增益;终端设备根据方式2进行信息传输时,需要调谐1次,即只需要信息传输前进行频率调谐,可以实现负载均衡;终端设备根 据方式3进行信息传输时,BWP的ID发生改变,即终端设备需要加载或者装载(也可以 理解为更新)新的BWP所关联的所有参数。That is to say, in this application, when the terminal equipment transmits information according to method 1, it needs to be tuned twice, that is, it needs to be tuned before and after information transmission, which can improve the diversity gain; when the terminal equipment transmits information according to method 2, It needs to be tuned once, that is, it only needs to perform frequency tuning before information transmission, which can achieve load balancing; when the terminal device transmits information according to method 3, the ID of the BWP changes, that is, the terminal device needs to be loaded or loaded (it can also be understood as update) All parameters associated with the new BWP.

结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令还用于指示以下的至少一项: 所述第一BWP的位置信息和不使能跳频,所述第二BWP的ID和不使能跳频,所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息,所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息, 第二频率偏移信息;其中,所述第一BWP的位置信息包括所述第一BWP的默认位置信 息和/或附加位置信息;其中,按照所述第一频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,不进行频率 调谐;其中,按照所述第二频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementations, the first signaling is further used to indicate at least one of the following: location information of the first BWP and frequency hopping disabled, the second BWP ID and frequency hopping disabled, location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP, ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP, and second frequency offset information; wherein, The location information of the first BWP includes the default location information and/or additional location information of the first BWP; wherein, when frequency hopping transmission is performed according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; When the second frequency offset information is transmitted by frequency hopping, frequency tuning is performed.

基于上述技术方案,第一信令可以灵活指示不同的信息传输的方式,保障信息传输可 靠性。并且本申请中各种信令的灵活设计,可以减小信令开销。Based on the above technical solutions, the first signaling can flexibly indicate different information transmission modes to ensure the reliability of information transmission. And the flexible design of various signaling in this application can reduce signaling overhead.

结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:所述终端设备获取跳频标 识信息;当所述跳频标识信息指示不使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下至少一 项:所述第二BWP的ID,所述第一BWP的位置,其中,所述第一BWP的位置包括所 述第一BWP的默认位置和/或所述第一BWP的附加位置;当所述跳频标识信息指示使能 跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下至少一项:所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频 率偏移信息,第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,第二频率偏移信息;其中,按照 所述第一频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,不进行频率调谐;其中,所述第二频率偏移信息 进行跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal device, frequency hopping identification information; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is not enabled, the first information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ID of the second BWP, the location of the first BWP, wherein the location of the first BWP includes the default location of the first BWP and/or the first BWP Additional location of the BWP; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: location information of the first BWP and first frequency offset information, ID information of the second BWP, first frequency offset information, and second frequency offset information; wherein, when frequency hopping transmission is performed according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; wherein, the second frequency When the offset information is transmitted by frequency hopping, frequency tuning is performed.

基于上述技术方案,终端设备还可以获取跳频标识信息,结合跳频标识信息和第一信 令共同指示终端设备不同的传输的方式,提高了信令指示的灵活性。Based on the above technical solutions, the terminal equipment can also obtain the frequency hopping identification information, and combine the frequency hopping identification information and the first signaling to jointly indicate different transmission modes of the terminal equipment, which improves the flexibility of signaling indication.

结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:所述终端设备获取跳频标 识信息;当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,该方法还包括:所述终端设备接收第 一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端设备的跳频传输的方式,所述跳频传输的方式包 括第一跳频传输的方式和第二跳频传输的方式,其中,所述第一跳频方式为所述终端设备 进行跳频传输时的每一跳都在BWP内;所述第二跳频方式为所述终端设备进行跳频传输时的至少一跳在BWP外;所述终端设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示跳频传输 的频率偏移信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal device, frequency hopping identification information; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the method further includes: The terminal device receives first information, where the first information is used to indicate a frequency hopping transmission mode of the terminal device, and the frequency hopping transmission mode includes a first frequency hopping transmission mode and a second frequency hopping transmission mode , wherein the first frequency hopping method is that each hop when the terminal equipment performs frequency hopping transmission is within the BWP; the second frequency hopping method is at least one hop when the terminal equipment performs frequency hopping transmission Outside the BWP; the terminal device receives second information, where the second information is used to indicate frequency offset information for frequency hopping transmission.

基于上述技术方案,终端设备还可以获取跳频标识信息,当其指示使能跳频传输时, 还可以结合第一信息共同指示终端设备不同的传输的方式,提高了信令指示的灵活性。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can also obtain frequency hopping identification information, and when it indicates enabling frequency hopping transmission, it can also instruct the terminal device different transmission modes in combination with the first information, which improves the flexibility of signaling indication.

结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:所述终端设备获取类型信 息,所述类型信息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;所述终端设备接收第三信息,若所述类 型信息指示第一类型,所述第三信息指示第一BWP的位置信息,根据所述第一BWP的 位置信息确定所述BWP资源;或,若所述类型信息指示第二类型,所述第三信息指示第 二BWP的ID信息,根据所述第二BWP的ID信息确定所述第二BWP资源,且应用对应 于所述第二BWPID的所有参数配置。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal device, type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; the terminal device receiving third information , if the type information indicates the first type, the third information indicates the location information of the first BWP, and the BWP resource is determined according to the location information of the first BWP; or, if the type information indicates the second type , the third information indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the second BWP resource is determined according to the ID information of the second BWP, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWPID are applied.

在本申请中,类型信息可以是BWP位置的改变类型,或是指示BWP的位置改变的 处理时长,或是BWP的相关参数改变数量,或是BWP配置信息类型。例如,类型信息 可以是BWP位置的改变类型。第一类型是BWP调谐,第二类型是BWP切换。例如,类 型信息可以是BWP的位置改变的处理时长。第一类型的处理时间为第一处理时长,第二 类型的处理时长为第二处理时长。第一处理时长小于或等于第二处理时长。例如,类型信 息可以是BWP的相关参数改变数量。第一类型仅改变包括BWP ID和BWP位置在内的N 个BWP的相关参数,第二类型是改变包括BWP ID和BWP位置在内的M个BWP的相 关参数。其中,N和M均为正整数。N小于M,例如,N等于2;M等于4。例如,类 型信息可以是BWP配置信息类型。第一类型仅改变BWP ID和BWP位置在内。第二类 型是不仅改变BWP ID和BWP位置,还改变BWP宽度、子载波间隔、DMRS位置、时 域资源分配、功率控制信息等。In this application, the type information may be the change type of the BWP location, or the processing duration indicating the location change of the BWP, or the number of changes in the related parameters of the BWP, or the type of BWP configuration information. For example, the type information may be the change type of the BWP location. The first type is BWP tuning and the second type is BWP switching. For example, the type information may be the processing time of the location change of the BWP. The processing time of the first type is the first processing duration, and the processing duration of the second type is the second processing duration. The first processing duration is less than or equal to the second processing duration. For example, the type information may be the number of relevant parameter changes of the BWP. The first type only changes the relevant parameters of N BWPs including BWP ID and BWP location, and the second type is to change the relevant parameters of M BWPs including BWP ID and BWP location. where N and M are both positive integers. N is less than M, eg, N equals 2; M equals 4. For example, the type information may be the BWP configuration information type. The first type only changes the BWP ID and BWP location inclusive. The second type is to change not only the BWP ID and BWP location, but also the BWP width, subcarrier spacing, DMRS location, time domain resource allocation, power control information, and the like.

基于上述技术方案,可以结合类型信息共同指示终端设备的信息传输的方式,提高了 提高了信令指示的灵活性。Based on the above technical solution, the information transmission mode of the terminal equipment can be jointly indicated with the type information, which improves the flexibility of signaling indication.

结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:所述终端设备获取类型信 息,所述类型信息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;所述终端设备接收第四信息,所述第四 信息用于指示BWP的ID信息,所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或所 述第二BWP的ID信息;所述终端设备根据所述类型信息和所述第四信息确定BWP资源; 当所述类型信息指示所述第一类型时,所述终端设备根据所述BWP的ID信息及所述BWP 的的位置信息确定所述BWP的资源,所述BWP的位置信息包括所述BWP的默认位置; 当所述类型信息指示所述第二类型时,根据所述第二BWP的ID信息确定所述第二BWP 资源,且应用对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementations, the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal device, type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; the terminal device receiving fourth information , the fourth information is used to indicate the ID information of the BWP, and the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; The fourth information determines the BWP resources; when the type information indicates the first type, the terminal device determines the BWP resources according to the ID information of the BWP and the location information of the BWP, and the BWP The location information includes the default location of the BWP; when the type information indicates the second type, the second BWP resource is determined according to the ID information of the second BWP, and the application corresponds to the second BWP All parameters of ID are configured.

结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:所述终端设备获取类型信息,所述类型信息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;所述终端设备接收第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示BWP的ID信息,所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或 所述第二BWP的ID信息;所述终端设备根据所述类型信息和所述第四信息确定BWP资 源;当所述第四信息指示所述第二BWP的ID信息时,所述终端设备根据所述类型信息和 所述第四信息确定所述第二BWP资源,包括:当所述类型信息指示所述第一类型时,所 述终端设备需要第一处理时长;当所述类型信息指示所述第二类型时,所述终端设备需要 第二处理时长;其中,第一处理时长小于或等于第二处理时长。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementations, the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal device, type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; the terminal device receiving fourth information , the fourth information is used to indicate the ID information of the BWP, and the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; The fourth information determines the BWP resource; when the fourth information indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the terminal device determines the second BWP resource according to the type information and the fourth information, including: When the type information indicates the first type, the terminal device requires a first processing duration; when the type information indicates the second type, the terminal device requires a second processing duration; wherein the first The processing duration is less than or equal to the second processing duration.

结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:所述终端设备接收第五信 息,所述第五信息指示BWP ID;所述第五信息能够指示N个BWP ID,且所述第五信息 为所述终端设备指示的BWP ID属于所述N个BWP ID时,所述终端设备只应用被指示的 BWP ID和该BWP的默认位置,其中N是正整数;和/或,所述第五信息能够指示M个 BWP ID,且所述第五信息为所述终端设备指示的BWP ID属于所述M个BWP ID时,所 述终端设备应用被指示的BWP ID关联的所有参数配置,其中M是正整数。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, fifth information, where the fifth information indicates a BWP ID; the fifth information can indicate N BWP IDs, and The fifth information is that when the BWP ID indicated by the terminal device belongs to the N BWP IDs, the terminal device only applies the indicated BWP ID and the default location of the BWP, where N is a positive integer; and/or, The fifth information can indicate M BWP IDs, and when the fifth information is that the BWP ID indicated by the terminal device belongs to the M BWP IDs, the terminal device applies all parameters associated with the indicated BWP ID. configuration, where M is a positive integer.

也就是说,在本申请中,可以有两类BWP的配置,一类BWP配置的时候,每个BWP 配置仅包括对应BWP ID和起始资源位置;另一类BWP配置的时候,没BWP中每个BWP 的配置信息包括带宽、子载波间隔、控制信道资源集合、DMRS配置中的至少一种。可以 终端设备可以通过指示信息确定应该使用哪类BWP确定传输的方式。That is to say, in this application, there can be two types of BWP configurations. When one type of BWP is configured, each BWP configuration only includes the corresponding BWP ID and starting resource location; when the other type of BWP is configured, there is no BWP configuration. The configuration information of each BWP includes at least one of bandwidth, subcarrier spacing, control channel resource set, and DMRS configuration. The terminal device can determine which type of BWP should be used to determine the transmission mode through the indication information.

第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:向终端设备发送第一信令;若所述第 一信令指示跳频,且跳频偏移信息用于确定第一频域资源,且所述第一频域资源中至少有 部分资源在所述第一BWP的频域范围之外;和/或,若所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP 的附加位置时,不向所述终端设备发送有超出第一BWP的频域范围的跳频指示,且在所 述第一BWP的附加频域范围内与所述终端设备进行通信;和/或,若所述第一信令指示第 二BWP的标识ID时,不向所述终端设备发送有超出第二BWP的频域范围的跳频指示, 且在所述第二BWP的频域范围内与所述终端设备通信。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, the method comprising: sending a first signaling to a terminal device; if the first signaling indicates frequency hopping, and the frequency hopping offset information is used to determine the first frequency domain resource, And at least some of the first frequency domain resources are outside the frequency domain range of the first BWP; and/or, if the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, no The terminal device sends a frequency hopping indication that exceeds the frequency domain range of the first BWP, and communicates with the terminal device within the additional frequency domain range of the first BWP; and/or, if the first signal When the identification ID indicating the second BWP is set, no frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency domain range of the second BWP is sent to the terminal device, and communication with the terminal device is within the frequency domain range of the second BWP.

基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以根据终端设备的业务需求灵活指示终端设备的信息 传输方法,在获得频域分集增益和负载均衡的同时,提高了信息传输的可靠性。Based on the above technical solutions, the network device can flexibly instruct the information transmission method of the terminal device according to the service requirements of the terminal device, which improves the reliability of information transmission while obtaining frequency domain diversity gain and load balancing.

结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令还指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所 述第一BWP的默认位置用于确定所述第一BWP的资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementations, the first signaling further indicates the default location of the first BWP, the first signaling indicates the default location of the first BWP, and the first signaling indicates the default location of the first BWP. The ID of a BWP remains unchanged, and the default location of the first BWP is used to determine the resources of the first BWP.

结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置时,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述第一BWP的附加位置用于确定所述第一BWP 的资源;或,所述第一信令指示所述第二BWP的ID时,所述第二BWP的默认位置用于 确定所述第二BWP的资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementation manners, when the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, the ID of the first BWP remains unchanged, and the additional location of the first BWP uses When determining the resources of the first BWP; or, when the first signaling indicates the ID of the second BWP, the default location of the second BWP is used to determine the resources of the second BWP.

结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项 所述第一BWP的位置信息和不使能跳频,所述第二BWP的ID信息和不使能跳频,所述 第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息,所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信 息,第二频率偏移信息;其中,所述第一BWP的位置信息包括所述第一BWP的默认位 置信息和/或附加位置信息;其中,按照所述第一频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,不进行 频率调谐;其中,按照所述第二频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following location information of the first BWP and disable frequency hopping, the second BWP ID information and frequency hopping disabled, location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP, ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP, and second frequency offset information; wherein, The location information of the first BWP includes the default location information and/or additional location information of the first BWP; wherein, when frequency hopping transmission is performed according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; When the second frequency offset information is transmitted by frequency hopping, frequency tuning is performed.

基于上述技术方案,根据终端设备的业务需求,网络设备可以灵活指示不同的信息传 输方式,保障信息传输可靠性。并且本申请中各种信令的灵活设计,可以减小信令开销。Based on the above technical solutions, according to the service requirements of the terminal device, the network device can flexibly indicate different information transmission modes to ensure the reliability of information transmission. And the flexible design of various signaling in this application can reduce signaling overhead.

结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:确定跳频标识信息;当所 述跳频标识信息指示不使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:所述第 二BWP的ID信息,所述第一BWP的位置,其中,所述第一BWP的位置包括所述第一 BWP的默认位置和/或所述第一BWP的附加位置;当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传 输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏 移信息,所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,第二频率偏移信息;其中,按照 所述第一频率偏移信息跳频传输时,不进行频率调谐;其中,按照所述第二频率偏移信息 跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementations, the method further includes: determining frequency hopping identification information; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is not enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate At least one of the following: ID information of the second BWP, the location of the first BWP, wherein the location of the first BWP includes the default location of the first BWP and/or the location of the first BWP Additional location; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: location information of the first BWP and first frequency offset information, so ID information of the second BWP, first frequency offset information, and second frequency offset information; wherein, when frequency hopping transmission is performed according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; wherein, according to the second frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed. When frequency offset information is transmitted by frequency hopping, frequency tuning is performed.

基于上述技术方案,终端设备还可以获取跳频标识信息,结合跳频标识信息和网络设 备的指示可以采用不同的传输方式,提高了信令指示的灵活性。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can also obtain the frequency hopping identification information, and can adopt different transmission modes in combination with the frequency hopping identification information and the indication of the network device, which improves the flexibility of the signaling indication.

结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:确定跳频标识信息;当所 述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,该方法还包括:向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所 述第一信息用于指示跳频传输的方式,所述跳频传输的方式包括第一跳频传输方式和第二 跳频传输方式,其中,所述第一跳频方式为进行跳频传输时的每一跳都在BWP内;所述第二跳频方式为进行跳频传输时的至少一跳在BWP外;向所述终端设备发送第二信息, 所述第二信息用于指示跳频传输的频率偏移信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: determining frequency hopping identification information; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the method further includes: reporting to the terminal device Send first information, where the first information is used to indicate a frequency hopping transmission mode, the frequency hopping transmission mode includes a first frequency hopping transmission mode and a second frequency hopping transmission mode, wherein the first frequency hopping transmission mode Each hop during frequency hopping transmission is within the BWP; the second frequency hopping mode is that at least one hop during frequency hopping transmission is outside the BWP; second information is sent to the terminal device, the second The information is used to indicate frequency offset information for frequency hopping transmissions.

终端设备还可以获取跳频标识信息,当其指示使能跳频传输时,还可以结合网络设备 的信令指示采用不同的传输方式,提高了信令指示的灵活性。The terminal equipment can also obtain the frequency hopping identification information, and when it indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, it can also adopt different transmission modes in combination with the signaling instructions of the network equipment, which improves the flexibility of the signaling instructions.

结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:确定类型信息,所述类型 信息指示第一类型或第二类型;向所述终端设备发送第三信息;若所述类型信息指示第一 类型,所述第三信息指示第一BWP的位置信息,所述第一BWP的位置信息用于确定所 述BWP资源;或,若所述类型信息指示第二类型,所述第三信息指示第二BWP的ID信 息,所述第二BWP的ID信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID 的所有参数配置被应用。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementations, the method further includes: determining type information, where the type information indicates the first type or the second type; sending third information to the terminal device; if the type The information indicates the first type, the third information indicates the location information of the first BWP, and the location information of the first BWP is used to determine the BWP resource; or, if the type information indicates the second type, the first BWP The third information indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the ID information of the second BWP is used to determine the second BWP resource, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID are applied.

结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:确定类型信息,所述类型 信息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;向所述终端设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指 示BWP的ID信息,所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或所述第二BWP 的ID信息;当所述类型信息指示所述第一类型时,所述BWP的ID信息及所述BWP的 的位置信息用于确定所述BWP的资源,所述BWP的位置信息包括所述BWP的默认位置; 当所述类型信息指示所述第二类型时,所述第二BWP的ID信息用于确定所述第二BWP 资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置被应用。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementations, the method further includes: determining type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; sending fourth information to the terminal device, the The fourth information is used to indicate the ID information of the BWP, and the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; when the type information indicates the first type, the The ID information of the BWP and the location information of the BWP are used to determine the resources of the BWP, and the location information of the BWP includes the default location of the BWP; when the type information indicates the second type, the The ID information of the second BWP is used to determine the second BWP resource, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID are applied.

结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:确定类型信息,所述类型 信息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示BWP的ID信息,所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或所述第二BWP的ID信息;所 述类型信息和所述第四信息用于确定BWP资源;当所述第四信息指示所述第二BWP的 ID信息时,所述类型信息和所述第四信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,包括:当所述类 型信息指示所述第一类型时,所述终端设备需要第一处理时长;当所述类型信息指示所述 第二类型时,所述终端设备需要第二处理时长;其中,第一处理时长小于或等于第二处理 时长。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementations, the method further includes: determining type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; sending fourth information, where the fourth information is used for Indicates the ID information of the BWP, the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; the type information and the fourth information are used to determine the BWP resource; when the When the fourth information indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the type information and the fourth information are used to determine the second BWP resource, including: when the type information indicates the first type, the The terminal device requires a first processing duration; when the type information indicates the second type, the terminal device requires a second processing duration; wherein the first processing duration is less than or equal to the second processing duration.

结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:所述网络设备发送第五信 息,所述第五信息指示BWP ID;所述第五信息能够指示N个BWP ID,且所述第五信息 为所述终端设备指示的BWP ID属于所述N个BWP ID时,所述终端设备只应用被指示的 BWP ID和该BWP的默认位置,其中N是正整数;和/或,所述第五信息能够指示M个 BWP ID,且所述第五信息为所述终端设备指示的BWP ID属于所述M个BWP ID时,所 述终端设备应用被指示的BWP ID关联的所有参数配置,其中M是正整数。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: sending, by the network device, fifth information, where the fifth information indicates a BWP ID; the fifth information can indicate N BWP IDs, and The fifth information is that when the BWP ID indicated by the terminal device belongs to the N BWP IDs, the terminal device only applies the indicated BWP ID and the default location of the BWP, where N is a positive integer; and/or, The fifth information can indicate M BWP IDs, and when the fifth information is that the BWP ID indicated by the terminal device belongs to the M BWP IDs, the terminal device applies all parameters associated with the indicated BWP ID. configuration, where M is a positive integer.

也就是说,在本申请中,可以有两类BWP的配置,一类BWP配置的时候,每个BWP 配置仅包括对应BWP ID和起始资源位置;另一类BWP配置的时候,没BWP中每个BWP 的配置信息包括带宽、子载波间隔、控制信道资源集合、DMRS配置中的至少一种。可以 终端设备可以通过指示信息确定应该使用哪类BWP确定传输方式。That is to say, in this application, there can be two types of BWP configurations. When one type of BWP is configured, each BWP configuration only includes the corresponding BWP ID and starting resource location; when the other type of BWP is configured, there is no BWP configuration. The configuration information of each BWP includes at least one of bandwidth, subcarrier spacing, control channel resource set, and DMRS configuration. The terminal device can determine which type of BWP should be used to determine the transmission mode through the indication information.

第三方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的 方法的各个模块或单元。In a third aspect, a communication apparatus is provided, comprising various modules or units for performing the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.

具体而言,包括收发单元和处理单元。Specifically, it includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.

结合第三方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,收发单元用于接收第一信令,若所述第一 信令指示跳频,且跳频偏移信息用于确定第一频域资源,且所述第一频域资源中至少有部 分资源在所述第一BWP的频率范围之外,确定通过频率调谐到所述第一频域资源内进行通信,且第一BWP不变;和/或,所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置时,不期 望有超出第一BWP的频率范围的跳频指示,且通过频率调谐到所述第一BWP的附加频 率范围内进行通信;和/或,所述第一信令指示第二BWP的标识ID信息时,不期望有超 出第二BWP的频率范围的跳频指示,从所述第一BWP切换到所述第二BWP;处理单元 用于根据所述第一信令的指示进行通信。With reference to the third aspect, in some possible implementations, the transceiver unit is configured to receive the first signaling, if the first signaling indicates frequency hopping, and the frequency hopping offset information is used to determine the first frequency domain resource, and at least some of the resources in the first frequency domain are outside the frequency range of the first BWP, it is determined that communication is performed within the first frequency domain resource by frequency tuning, and the first BWP remains unchanged; and/ Or, when the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, a frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency range of the first BWP is not expected, and the frequency is tuned to the additional frequency range of the first BWP. communication; and/or, when the first signaling indicates the identification ID information of the second BWP, a frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency range of the second BWP is not expected, and switching from the first BWP to the second BWP is performed ; the processing unit is configured to communicate according to the indication of the first signaling.

结合第三方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令还指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一信令的指示确定BWP的资源,包括:所述第 一信令指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述处理单元用于根 据所述第一BWP的默认位置确定所述第一BWP的资源。With reference to the third aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the first signaling further indicates the default location of the first BWP, and the processing unit is further configured to determine the location of the BWP according to the indication of the first signaling resources, including: the first signaling indicates the default location of the first BWP, the ID of the first BWP remains unchanged, and the processing unit is configured to determine the first BWP according to the default location of the first BWP Resources for BWP.

结合第三方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一信令的 指示确定BWP的资源,包括:所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置时,所述第 一BWP的ID不变,所述处理单元根据所述第一BWP的附加位置确定所述第一BWP的 资源;或,所述第一信令指示所述第二BWP的ID信息时,所述处理单元用于根据所述第 二BWP的默认位置确定所述第二BWP的资源。With reference to the third aspect, in some possible implementations, the processing unit is further configured to determine the resources of the BWP according to the indication of the first signaling, including: the first signaling indicates the resource of the first BWP When the location is attached, the ID of the first BWP remains unchanged, and the processing unit determines the resources of the first BWP according to the attached location of the first BWP; or, the first signaling indicates the second BWP When the ID information of the second BWP is used, the processing unit is configured to determine the resources of the second BWP according to the default location of the second BWP.

结合第三方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项: 所述第一BWP的位置信息和不使能跳频,所述第二BWP的ID信息和不使能跳频,所述 第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息,所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信 息,第二频率偏移信息;其中,所述第一BWP的位置信息包括所述第一BWP的默认位 置信息和/或附加位置信息;其中,所述终端设备按照所述第一频率偏移信息进行跳频传 输时,不进行频率调谐;其中,所述终端设备按照所述第二频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时, 进行频率调谐。With reference to the third aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: location information of the first BWP and frequency hopping disabled, the second BWP ID information and frequency hopping disabled, location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP, ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP, and second frequency offset information; wherein, The location information of the first BWP includes the default location information and/or additional location information of the first BWP; wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed ; wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the second frequency offset information, frequency tuning is performed.

结合第三方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,处理单元用于获取跳频标识信息;当所述 跳频标识信息指示不使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:所述第二 BWP的ID信息,所述第一BWP的位置,其中,所述第一BWP的位置包括所述第一BWP 的默认位置和/或所述第一BWP的附加位置;当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时, 所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:所述第一信令用于指示所述第一BWP的位置信 息和第一频率偏移信息,所述第一信令用于指示所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移 信息,所述第一信令用于指示第二频率偏移信息;其中,所述终端设备按照所述第一频率 偏移信息进行跳频传输时,不进行频率调谐;其中,所述终端设备按照所述第二频率偏移 信息进行跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。With reference to the third aspect, in some possible implementations, the processing unit is configured to acquire frequency hopping identification information; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is not enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate the following At least one of: the ID information of the second BWP, the location of the first BWP, wherein the location of the first BWP includes the default location of the first BWP and/or the additional location of the first BWP location; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first signaling is used to indicate the location information of the first BWP and first frequency offset information, the first signaling is used to indicate the ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP, and the first signaling is used to indicate the second frequency offset information; wherein, When the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the second frequency offset information, frequency tuning is performed.

结合第三方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,处理单元用于获取跳频标识信息;当所述 跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,收发单元还用于接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指 示所述终端设备的跳频传输的方式,所述跳频传输的方式包括第一跳频传输方式和第二跳 频传输方式,其中,所述第一跳频方式为所述终端设备进行跳频传输时的每一跳都在BWP 内;所述第二跳频方式为所述终端设备进行跳频传输时的至少一跳在BWP外;所述收发单元还用于接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示跳频传输的频率偏移信息。With reference to the third aspect, in some possible implementations, the processing unit is configured to acquire frequency hopping identification information; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the first information, so the The first information is used to indicate the frequency hopping transmission mode of the terminal device, and the frequency hopping transmission mode includes a first frequency hopping transmission mode and a second frequency hopping transmission mode, wherein the first frequency hopping mode is: Each hop when the terminal equipment performs frequency hopping transmission is within the BWP; the second frequency hopping mode is that at least one hop when the terminal equipment performs frequency hopping transmission is outside the BWP; the transceiver unit is also used for Second information is received, where the second information is used to indicate frequency offset information for frequency hopping transmission.

结合第三方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,处理单元用于获取类型信息,所述类型信 息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;收发单元用于接收第三信息;若所述类型信息指示第一 类型,所述第三信息指示第一BWP的位置信息,所述第一BWP的位置信息用于确定所 述BWP资源;或,若所述类型信息指示第二类型,所述第三信息指示第二BWP的ID信 息,所述第二BWP的ID信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID 的所有参数配置被应用。With reference to the third aspect, in some possible implementations, the processing unit is used to acquire type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; the transceiver unit is used to receive the third information; if the type The information indicates the first type, the third information indicates the location information of the first BWP, and the location information of the first BWP is used to determine the BWP resource; or, if the type information indicates the second type, the first BWP The third information indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the ID information of the second BWP is used to determine the second BWP resource, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID are applied.

结合第三方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于获取类型信息,所述类型 信息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;收发单元还用于接收第四信息,所述第四信息用于指 示BWP的ID信息,所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或所述第二BWP 的ID信息;当所述类型信息指示所述第一类型时,所述处理单元用于根据所述BWP的 ID信息及所述BWP的位置信息确定所述BWP的资源,所述BWP的位置信息包括所述 BWP的默认位置;当所述类型信息指示所述第二类型时,所述处理单元用于根据所述第 二BWP的ID信息确定所述第二BWP资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置 被应用。With reference to the third aspect, in some possible implementations, the processing unit is further configured to acquire type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; the transceiver unit is further configured to receive fourth information, the The fourth information is used to indicate the ID information of the BWP, and the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; when the type information indicates the first type, the The processing unit is configured to determine the resources of the BWP according to the ID information of the BWP and the location information of the BWP, and the location information of the BWP includes the default location of the BWP; when the type information indicates the second type, the processing unit is configured to determine the second BWP resource according to the ID information of the second BWP, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID are applied.

结合第三方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,处理单元用于获取类型信息,所述类型信 息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;收发单元用于接收第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示BWP的ID信息,所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或所述第二BWP的 ID信息;所述类型信息和所述第四信息用于确定BWP资源;当所述第四信息指示所述第 二BWP的ID信息时,所述类型信息和所述第四信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,包括: 当所述类型信息指示所述第一类型时,所述处理单元需要第一处理时长;当所述类型信息 指示所述第二类型时,所述处理单元需要第二处理时长;其中,第一处理时长小于或等于 第二处理时长。With reference to the third aspect, in some possible implementations, the processing unit is used to obtain type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; the transceiver unit is used to receive fourth information, the fourth The information is used to indicate the ID information of the BWP, and the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; the type information and the fourth information are used to determine the BWP resource; When the fourth information indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the type information and the fourth information are used to determine the second BWP resource, including: when the type information indicates the first type , the processing unit requires a first processing duration; when the type information indicates the second type, the processing unit requires a second processing duration; wherein the first processing duration is less than or equal to the second processing duration.

结合第三方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:收发单元用于接收第五信 息,所述第五信息指示BWP ID;所述第五信息能够指示N个BWP ID,且所述第五信息 指示的BWP ID属于所述N个BWP ID时,所述处理单元用于应用被指示的BWP ID和该 BWP的默认位置,其中N是正整数;和/或,所述第五信息能够指示M个BWP ID,且所 述第五信息指示的BWP ID属于所述M个BWP ID时,所述处理单元用于应用被指示的 BWP ID关联的所有参数配置,其中M是正整数。With reference to the third aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: the transceiver unit is configured to receive fifth information, where the fifth information indicates a BWP ID; the fifth information can indicate N BWP IDs, and When the BWP ID indicated by the fifth information belongs to the N BWP IDs, the processing unit is configured to apply the indicated BWP ID and the default location of the BWP, where N is a positive integer; and/or, the fifth When the information can indicate M BWP IDs, and the BWP ID indicated by the fifth information belongs to the M BWP IDs, the processing unit is configured to apply all parameter configurations associated with the indicated BWP ID, where M is a positive integer.

第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的 方法的各个模块或单元。In a fourth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided, comprising various modules or units for performing the method in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.

具体而言,包括收发单元和处理单元。Specifically, it includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.

结合第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,收发单元用于发送第一信令;若所述第一 信令指示跳频,且跳频偏移信息用于确定第一频域资源,且所述第一频域资源中至少有部 分资源在所述第一BWP的频域范围之外;和/或,若所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的 附加位置时,不向所述终端设备发送有超出第一BWP的频域范围的跳频指示,且在所述 第一BWP的附加频域范围内与所述终端设备进行通信;和/或,若所述第一信令指示第二 BWP的标识ID时,不向所述终端设备发送有超出第二BWP的频域范围的跳频指示,且 在所述第二BWP的频域范围内与所述终端设备通信。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementations, the transceiver unit is configured to send the first signaling; if the first signaling indicates frequency hopping, and the frequency hopping offset information is used to determine the first frequency domain resource, And at least some of the first frequency domain resources are outside the frequency domain range of the first BWP; and/or, if the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, no The terminal device sends a frequency hopping indication that exceeds the frequency domain range of the first BWP, and communicates with the terminal device within the additional frequency domain range of the first BWP; and/or, if the first signal When the identification ID indicating the second BWP is made, no frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency domain range of the second BWP is sent to the terminal device, and the terminal device is communicated within the frequency domain range of the second BWP.

结合第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令还指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述 第一BWP的默认位置用于确定所述第一BWP的资源。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementations, the first signaling further indicates the default location of the first BWP, the first signaling indicates the default location of the first BWP, and the first signaling indicates the default location of the first BWP. The ID of a BWP remains unchanged, and the default location of the first BWP is used to determine the resources of the first BWP.

结合第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置时,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述第一BWP的附加位置用于确定所述第一BWP 的资源;或,所述第一信令指示所述第二BWP的ID时,所述第二BWP的默认位置用于 确定所述第二BWP的资源。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementations, when the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, the ID of the first BWP does not change, and the additional location of the first BWP uses When determining the resources of the first BWP; or, when the first signaling indicates the ID of the second BWP, the default location of the second BWP is used to determine the resources of the second BWP.

结合第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项: 所述第一BWP的位置信息和不使能跳频,所述第二BWP的ID信息和不使能跳频,所述 第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息,所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信 息,第二频率偏移信息;其中,所述第一BWP的位置信息包括所述第一BWP的默认位 置信息和/或附加位置信息;其中,所述终端设备按照所述第一频率偏移信息进行跳频传 输时,不进行频率调谐;其中,所述终端设备按照所述第二频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时, 进行频率调谐。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: location information of the first BWP and frequency hopping disabled, the second BWP ID information and frequency hopping disabled, location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP, ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP, and second frequency offset information; wherein, The location information of the first BWP includes the default location information and/or additional location information of the first BWP; wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed ; wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the second frequency offset information, frequency tuning is performed.

结合第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,处理单元用于确定跳频标识信息;当所述 跳频标识信息指示不使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:所述第二 BWP的ID信息,所述第一BWP的位置,其中,所述第一BWP的位置包括所述第一BWP 的默认位置和/或所述第一BWP的附加位置;当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时, 所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息, 所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,第二频率偏移信息;其中,所述终端设备 按照所述第一频率偏移信息跳频传输时,不进行频率调谐;其中,所述终端设备按照所述 第二频率偏移信息跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementations, the processing unit is configured to determine frequency hopping identification information; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is not enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate the following At least one of: the ID information of the second BWP, the location of the first BWP, wherein the location of the first BWP includes the default location of the first BWP and/or the additional location of the first BWP location; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP, the ID information of the second BWP, first frequency offset information, and second frequency offset information; wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; wherein, the The terminal device performs frequency tuning during frequency hopping transmission according to the second frequency offset information.

结合第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,处理单元用于确定跳频标识信息;当所述 跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,收发单元用于发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示 跳频传输的方式,所述跳频传输的方式包括第一跳频传输方式和第二跳频传输方式,其中, 所述第一跳频方式为进行跳频传输时的每一跳都在BWP内;所述第二跳频方式为进行跳 频传输时的至少一跳在BWP外;所述收发单元用于发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示跳频传输的频率偏移信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementations, the processing unit is configured to determine frequency hopping identification information; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the transceiver unit is configured to send the first information, the The first information is used to indicate a frequency hopping transmission mode, and the frequency hopping transmission mode includes a first frequency hopping transmission mode and a second frequency hopping transmission mode, wherein the first frequency hopping mode is the frequency hopping transmission mode when the frequency hopping transmission is performed. Each hop is within the BWP; the second frequency hopping mode is that at least one hop during frequency hopping transmission is outside the BWP; the transceiver unit is used to send second information, and the second information is used to indicate frequency hopping Transmitted frequency offset information.

结合第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,处理单元用于确定类型信息,所述类型信 息指示第一类型或第二类型;所述收发单元用于发送第三信息;若所述类型信息指示第一 类型,所述第三信息指示第一BWP的位置信息,所述第一BWP的位置信息用于确定所 述BWP资源;或,若所述类型信息指示第二类型,所述第三信息指示第二BWP的ID信 息,所述第二BWP的ID信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID 的所有参数配置被应用。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementations, the processing unit is configured to determine type information, where the type information indicates the first type or the second type; the transceiver unit is configured to send third information; if the type The information indicates the first type, the third information indicates the location information of the first BWP, and the location information of the first BWP is used to determine the BWP resource; or, if the type information indicates the second type, the first BWP The third information indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the ID information of the second BWP is used to determine the second BWP resource, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID are applied.

结合第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,处理单元用于确定类型信息,所述类型信 息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;所述收发单元用于发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指 示BWP的ID信息,所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或所述第二BWP 的ID信息;当所述类型信息指示所述第一类型时,所述BWP的ID信息及所述BWP的 的位置信息用于确定所述BWP的资源,所述BWP的位置信息包括所述BWP的默认位置; 当所述类型信息指示所述第二类型时,所述第二BWP的ID信息用于确定所述第二BWP 资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置被应用。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementations, the processing unit is configured to determine type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; the transceiver unit is configured to send fourth information, the The fourth information is used to indicate the ID information of the BWP, and the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; when the type information indicates the first type, the The ID information of the BWP and the location information of the BWP are used to determine the resources of the BWP, and the location information of the BWP includes the default location of the BWP; when the type information indicates the second type, the The ID information of the second BWP is used to determine the second BWP resource, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID are applied.

结合第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,处理单元用于确定类型信息,所述类型信 息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;收发单元用于发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示BWP的ID信息,所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或所述第二BWP的 ID信息;所述类型信息和所述第四信息用于确定BWP资源;当所述第四信息指示所述第 二BWP的ID信息时,所述类型信息和所述第四信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,包括: 当所述类型信息指示所述第一类型时,所述终端设备需要第一处理时长;当所述类型信息 指示所述第二类型时,所述终端设备需要第二处理时长;其中,第一处理时长小于或等于 第二处理时长。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementations, the processing unit is used to determine type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; the transceiver unit is used to send fourth information, the fourth The information is used to indicate the ID information of the BWP, and the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; the type information and the fourth information are used to determine the BWP resource; When the fourth information indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the type information and the fourth information are used to determine the second BWP resource, including: when the type information indicates the first type When the type information indicates the second type, the terminal device requires a second processing duration; wherein, the first processing duration is less than or equal to the second processing duration.

结合第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,处理单元用于确定第五信息,所述第五信 息指示BWP ID;所述第五信息能够指示N个BWP ID,且所述第五信息指示的BWP ID 属于所述N个BWP ID时,处理单元只应用被指示的BWP ID和该BWP的默认位置,其 中N是正整数;和/或,所述第五信息能够指示M个BWP ID,且所述第五信息指示的BWP ID属于所述M个BWPID时,所述处理单元应用被指示的BWP ID关联的所有参数配置, 其中M是正整数。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementations, the processing unit is configured to determine fifth information, where the fifth information indicates a BWP ID; the fifth information can indicate N BWP IDs, and the fifth information When the indicated BWP ID belongs to the N BWP IDs, the processing unit only applies the indicated BWP ID and the default location of the BWP, where N is a positive integer; and/or the fifth information can indicate M BWP IDs, And when the BWP ID indicated by the fifth information belongs to the M BWPIDs, the processing unit applies all parameter configurations associated with the indicated BWP ID, where M is a positive integer.

第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行 存储器中的指令,以实现上述第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信 装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a fifth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled to the memory and is operable to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any of the possible implementations of the first aspect above. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.

在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为终端设备。当该通信装置为终端设备时,该通信接 口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In an implementation manner, the communication apparatus is a terminal device. When the communication device is a terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.

在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置 于终端设备中的芯片时,该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip configured in the terminal device. When the communication device is a chip configured in the terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.

可选地,该收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,该输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.

第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行 存储器中的指令,以实现上述第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信 装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a sixth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled to the memory and is operable to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect above. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.

在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为终端设备。当该通信装置为终端设备时,该通信接 口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In an implementation manner, the communication apparatus is a terminal device. When the communication device is a terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.

在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置 于终端设备中的芯片时,该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip configured in the terminal device. When the communication device is a chip configured in the terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.

可选地,该收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,该输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.

第七方面,提供了一种处理器,包括:输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。所述处理电路用于通过所述输入电路接收信号,并通过所述输出电路发射信号,使得所述处理器执行第一方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a processor is provided, including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor performs the method of any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect or the second aspect.

在具体实现过程中,上述处理器可以为一个或多个芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚, 输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。 输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输 出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可 以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理 器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the above-mentioned processor may be one or more chips, the input circuit may be input pins, the output circuit may be output pins, and the processing circuit may be transistors, gate circuits, flip-flops, and various logic circuits, etc. . The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver, the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by a transmitter, and the input circuit and output The circuit can be the same circuit that acts as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.

第八方面,提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和存储器。该处理器用于读取存储器中 存储的指令,并可通过接收器接收信号,通过发射器发射信号,以执行第一方面或第二方 面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a processing apparatus is provided, including a processor and a memory. The processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver and transmit signals through a transmitter to perform the method in any of the possible implementations of the first aspect or the second aspect.

可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.

可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设 置。Alternatively, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.

在具体实现过程中,存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储 器(read only memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the memory may be a non-transitory memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which may be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or may be separately provided in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the setting manner of the memory and the processor.

应理解,相关的数据交互过程例如发送指示信息可以为从处理器输出指示信息的过 程,接收能力信息可以为处理器接收输入能力信息的过程。具体地,处理器输出的数据可 以输出给发射器,处理器接收的输入数据可以来自接收器。其中,发射器和接收器可以统 称为收发器。It should be understood that the relevant data interaction process, such as sending indication information, may be a process of outputting indication information from the processor, and receiving capability information may be a process of receiving input capability information by the processor. Specifically, the data output by the processor can be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor can be from the receiver. Among them, the transmitter and receiver can be collectively referred to as transceivers.

上述第八方面中的处理装置可以是一个或多个芯片。该处理装置中的处理器可以通过 硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现。当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成 电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储 的软件代码来实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于该处理器之外,独立存在。The processing device in the above eighth aspect may be one or more chips. The processor in the processing device can be implemented by hardware or by software. When implemented by hardware, the processor can be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor can be a general-purpose processor, implemented by reading software codes stored in a memory, which can Integrated in the processor, can be located outside the processor, independent existence.

第九方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也 可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或 第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions), when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute the first aspect or the first aspect above. The method in any possible implementation manner of the two aspects.

第十方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机 程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面 或第二中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction), when it runs on a computer, causing the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the method in any of the second possible implementations.

第十一方面,提供了一种芯片系统,所述芯片系统包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调 用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片系统的设备执行上述第一方面或第二中任一种 可能实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a chip system is provided, the chip system includes: a processor for calling and running a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip system executes the above-mentioned first aspect or the second method in any of the possible implementations.

第十二方面,提供了一种通信系统,该系统包括:至少一个第三方面中任一项所述的 装置和至少一个第四方面中任一项所述的装置。A twelfth aspect provides a communication system, the system comprising: at least one device according to any one of the third aspects and at least one device according to any one of the fourth aspects.

本申请提供的通信方法和装置,网络设备可以灵活指示终端设备的信息传输方式,并 且可以获取频域分集增益和负载均衡,保障通信可靠性。In the communication method and device provided by the present application, the network device can flexibly indicate the information transmission mode of the terminal device, and can obtain frequency domain diversity gain and load balance to ensure communication reliability.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是本申请适用的一种场景。FIG. 1 is a scenario to which the present application applies.

图2是根据本申请实施例的通信方法的资源示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of resources of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.

图3是本申请实施例通信方法的示意性框图。FIG. 3 is a schematic block diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.

图4是本申请实施例通信方法的示意性框图。FIG. 4 is a schematic block diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.

图5是本申请实施例通信方法的示意性框图。FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.

图6是本申请实施例通信方法的示意性框图。FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.

图7是本申请实施例通信方法的示意性框图。FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.

图8是本申请实施例通信方法的示意性框图。FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.

图9是本申请实施例通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.

图10是本申请实施例通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

无线接入网设备是终端设备通过无线方式接入到该移动通信系统中的接入设备,可以 是基站NodeB、演进型基站eNodeB、5G移动通信系统中的基站、未来移动通信系统中的基站或WiFi系统中的接入节点等,本申请的实施例对无线接入网设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。A radio access network device is an access device that a terminal device wirelessly accesses to the mobile communication system, which can be a base station NodeB, an evolved base station eNodeB, a base station in a 5G mobile communication system, a base station in a future mobile communication system, or a base station in a future mobile communication system. For an access node in a WiFi system, etc., the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the wireless access network device.

终端设备也可以称为终端Terminal、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等。终端设备可以是手机(mobilephone)、 平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、 增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终 端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线 终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线 终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。The terminal equipment may also be referred to as a terminal terminal, user equipment (user equipment, UE), a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), and the like. The terminal device may be a mobile phone (mobilephone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal device, an industrial control (industrial control) wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety , wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on.

本申请中的终端设备,例如,可以是低能力的用户设备(reduced capabilityuser equipment,REDCAP UE),也可以扩展到传统UE,例如现有节能的UE配置BWP带宽 比较窄也可以应用。具体来说,本申请中的终端设备可以为A类型终端设备或B类型终 端设备,A类型终端设备和B类型终端设备可以具备下述至少一项区别特征:The terminal equipment in this application, for example, may be a low-capability user equipment (REDCAP UE), or may be extended to a traditional UE, for example, an existing energy-saving UE with a narrow BWP bandwidth can also be applied. Specifically, the terminal equipment in this application can be a type A terminal equipment or a type B terminal equipment, and the type A terminal equipment and the type B terminal equipment can have at least one of the following distinguishing features:

1、带宽能力不同,例如,A类型终端设备支持的带宽小于B类型终端设备支持的带宽。1. The bandwidth capabilities are different. For example, the bandwidth supported by a type A terminal device is smaller than that supported by a type B terminal device.

2、收发天线数不同,例如,A类型终端设备支持的收发天线数小于B类型终端设备支持的收发天线数。2. The number of transceiver antennas is different. For example, the number of transceiver antennas supported by a type A terminal device is smaller than the number of transceiver antennas supported by a type B terminal device.

3、上行最大发射功率不同,例如,A类型终端设备支持的上行最大发射功率小于B类型终端设备支持的上行最大发射功率。3. The maximum uplink transmit power is different. For example, the maximum uplink transmit power supported by the type A terminal equipment is smaller than the maximum uplink transmit power supported by the type B terminal equipment.

4、协议版本不同。例如,A类型终端设备可以是NR版本17(release-17,Rel-17) 或者NR Rel-17以后版本中的终端设备。B类型终端设备例如可以是NR版本15 (release-15,Rel-15)或NR版本16(release-16,Rel-16)中的终端设备。B类型终端设 备也可以称为NR传统(NR legacy)终端设备。4. The protocol version is different. For example, a type A terminal device may be a terminal device in NR release 17 (release-17, Rel-17) or a later release of NR Rel-17. A type B terminal device may be, for example, a terminal device in NR release 15 (release-15, Rel-15) or NR release 16 (release-16, Rel-16). Type B terminal equipment may also be referred to as NR legacy terminal equipment.

5、对数据的处理能力不同。例如,A类型终端设备接收下行数据与发送对该下行数据的反馈之间的最小时延大于B类型终端设备接收下行数据与发送对该下行数据的反馈之间的最小时延;和/或,A类型终端设备发送上行数据与接收对该上行数据的反馈之间 的最小时延大于B类型终端设备发送上行数据与接收对该上行数据的反馈之间的最小时 延。5. Different data processing capabilities. For example, the minimum delay between receiving downlink data and sending feedback on the downlink data by the type A terminal equipment is greater than the minimum delay between receiving the downlink data and sending the feedback on the downlink data by the type B terminal equipment; and/or, The minimum delay between the type A terminal equipment sending the uplink data and receiving the feedback of the uplink data is greater than the minimum delay time between the type B terminal equipment sending the uplink data and receiving the feedback of the uplink data.

一种可能的实现方式中,A类型终端设备可以是指低能力REDCAP终端设备,或者,A类型终端设备还可以是指低能力终端设备、降低能力终端设备、REDCAP UE、ReducedCapacity UE、窄带NR(narrow-band NR,NB-NR)UE、节能UE等。B类型终端设备可 以是指传统能力或正常能力或高能力的终端设备,也可以称为传统(legacy)终端设备或 者常规(normal)终端设备,B类型终端设备与A类型终端设备具有但不限于上述区别特 征。In a possible implementation manner, the A-type terminal device may refer to a low-capacity REDCAP terminal device, or, the A-type terminal device may also refer to a low-capacity terminal device, a reduced-capacity terminal device, a REDCAP UE, a ReducedCapacity UE, a narrowband NR ( narrow-band NR, NB-NR) UE, energy-saving UE, etc. Type B terminal equipment may refer to traditional or normal or high-capability terminal equipment, and may also be referred to as legacy terminal equipment or normal terminal equipment. Type B terminal equipment and type A terminal equipment have but are not limited to the above-mentioned distinguishing features.

无线接入网设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可 以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和卫星上。本申请的实施例对无线接入 网设备和终端设备的应用场景不做限定。Radio access network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle; can also be deployed on water; can also be deployed in the air on aircraft, balloons and satellites. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of the wireless access network device and the terminal device.

无线接入网设备和终端设备之间以及终端设备和终端设备之间可以通过授权频谱 (licensed spectrum)进行通信,也可以通过免授权频谱(unlicensed spectrum)进行通信, 也可以同时通过授权频谱和免授权频谱进行通信。无线接入网设备和终端设备之间以及终 端设备和终端设备之间可以通过6G以下的频谱进行通信,也可以通过6G以上的频谱进 行通信,还可以同时使用6G以下的频谱和6G以上的频谱进行通信。本申请的实施例对无线接入网设备和终端设备之间所使用的频谱资源不做限定。Communication between wireless access network equipment and terminal equipment and between terminal equipment and terminal equipment can be performed through licensed spectrum (licensed spectrum), or through unlicensed spectrum (unlicensed spectrum), or through both licensed spectrum and free spectrum. Licensed spectrum for communication. Communication between wireless access network equipment and terminal equipment and between terminal equipment and terminal equipment can be carried out through the spectrum below 6G, or through the spectrum above 6G, and can also use the spectrum below 6G and above 6G at the same time. to communicate. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the spectrum resources used between the radio access network device and the terminal device.

图1是本申请实施例适用的系统架构图,如图所示,该移动通信系统包括核心网设备 140、无线接入网设备130和至少一个终端设备(如图1中的终端设备120和终端设备110)。 终端设备通过无线的方式与无线接入网设备相连,无线接入网设备通过无线或有线方式与 核心网设备连接。核心网设备与无线接入网设备可以是独立的不同的物理设备,也可以是 将核心网设备的功能与无线接入网设备的逻辑功能集成在同一个物理设备上,还可以是一 个物理设备上集成了部分核心网设备的功能和部分的无线接入网设备的功能。终端设备可 以是固定位置的,也可以是可移动的。图1只是示意图,该通信系统中还可以包括其它网 络设备,如还可以包括无线中继设备和无线回传设备,在图1中未画出。本申请的实施例 对该移动通信系统中包括的核心网设备、无线接入网设备和终端设备的数量不做限定。FIG. 1 is a system architecture diagram to which the embodiments of the present application are applied. As shown in the figure, the mobile communication system includes a core network device 140, a radio access network device 130, and at least one terminal device (such as the terminal device 120 and the terminal device in FIG. 1). device 110). The terminal device is connected to the wireless access network device by wireless, and the wireless access network device is connected to the core network device by wireless or wired. The core network device and the radio access network device can be independent and different physical devices, or the functions of the core network device and the logical functions of the radio access network device can be integrated on the same physical device, or they can be one physical device. It integrates the functions of some core network equipment and some functions of the wireless access network equipment. Terminal devices can be either fixed or mobile. Fig. 1 is only a schematic diagram, the communication system may also include other network devices, such as wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in Fig. 1 . The embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of core network devices, wireless access network devices, and terminal devices included in the mobile communication system.

目前,如果终端设备的信息传输限制在部分带宽(bandwidth part)或终端设备支持的 信道带宽范围内,而BWP或信道带宽较窄时,信息传输不能更好的获取频率分集增益。并且,如果过多的用户在相同的BWP中传输会导致网络拥塞,用户传输信息的时延会增 加。因而,网络设备可以在超出BWP或终端设备支持带宽的频率范围外调度资源,和终 端设备进行信息传输,可以有效避免干扰或实现负载均衡。At present, if the information transmission of the terminal equipment is limited to the bandwidth part or the range of the channel bandwidth supported by the terminal equipment, and the BWP or the channel bandwidth is narrow, the information transmission cannot better obtain the frequency diversity gain. Also, if too many users transmit in the same BWP, the network will be congested, and the time delay for users to transmit information will increase. Therefore, the network device can schedule resources beyond the frequency range supported by the BWP or the terminal device, and perform information transmission with the terminal device, which can effectively avoid interference or achieve load balancing.

通常情况下,终端设备要进行信息传输时,若后续信息传输的频率范围与当前信息传 输的频率范围超过终端设备的最大信道带宽(例如,超过终端设备所支持的BWP),终端设备需要通过频率调谐到新的频域资源上传输信息。在本说明书中,为了简便,以下频率调谐简称为调谐。Usually, when the terminal device wants to transmit information, if the frequency range of the subsequent information transmission and the frequency range of the current information transmission exceed the maximum channel bandwidth of the terminal device (for example, exceed the BWP supported by the terminal device), the terminal device needs to pass the frequency Tune into new frequency domain resources to transmit information. In this specification, for simplicity, the following frequency tuning is simply referred to as tuning.

BWP可以理解为一种带宽资源,也可以理解为一种资源。网络设备为终端用户配置至少一个BWP资源,每个BWP资源有对应的BWP标识ID。网络设备可以分别给每个 BWP配置相关的参数。例如,BWP相关的参数包括BWP起始位置、BWP size、子载波 间隔、控制信道资源集合、数据传输配置、DMRS配置等中的至少一个。例如,对于不同 BWP或者说对于不同的BWPID,网络可以配置不同的BWP ID以及BWP相关参数。BWP can be understood as a kind of bandwidth resource, and it can also be understood as a kind of resource. The network device configures at least one BWP resource for the end user, and each BWP resource has a corresponding BWP identification ID. The network device can configure relevant parameters for each BWP separately. For example, the BWP-related parameters include at least one of BWP starting position, BWP size, subcarrier spacing, control channel resource set, data transmission configuration, DMRS configuration, and the like. For example, for different BWPs or different BWPIDs, the network may configure different BWP IDs and BWP-related parameters.

如上所述,每个BWP对应一个标识,并且每个BWP都配置有各自的和传输相关的 无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)参数。若信息在新的BWP上传输时,终端 设备上需要应用新BWP所关联的参数。这将带来很大的切换时延,并且由于切换期间无 法进行信息传输,会导致传输中断、数据传输时延增加等问题。As described above, each BWP corresponds to an identity, and each BWP is configured with respective radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) parameters related to transmission. If the information is transmitted on the new BWP, the parameters associated with the new BWP need to be applied on the terminal device. This will bring a large handover delay, and because information transmission cannot be performed during the handover period, it will cause problems such as transmission interruption and increased data transmission delay.

因此,网络设备如何根据终端设备的业务需求指示终端设备的信息传输的方式成为目 前需要解决的技术问题。Therefore, how the network device instructs the information transmission mode of the terminal device according to the service requirements of the terminal device has become a technical problem that needs to be solved at present.

本申请提供了一种通信方法,网络设备可以根据终端设备的业务需求灵活指示终端设 备的信息传输的方式,并且可以获取频域分集增益和负载均衡,提升信息传输可靠性和减 少传输时延。The present application provides a communication method, in which the network device can flexibly instruct the terminal device's information transmission method according to the service requirements of the terminal device, and can obtain frequency domain diversity gain and load balance, improve the reliability of information transmission and reduce the transmission delay.

本申请中,终端设备支持的带宽可以是终端设备支持的信道带宽,或是终端设备支持 的最大信道带宽,或是终端设备支持的资源块数量,或是终端设备支持的最大资源块(resource block,RB)数量。In this application, the bandwidth supported by the terminal device may be the channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device, or the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device, or the number of resource blocks supported by the terminal device, or the maximum resource block (resource block) supported by the terminal device. , RB) number.

本申请的实施例可以适用于下行信号传输,也可以适用于上行信号传输,还可以适用 于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)的信号传输。对于下行信号传输,发送设备是无 线接入网设备,对应的接收设备是终端设备。对于上行信号传输,发送设备是终端设备,对应的接收设备是无线接入网设备。对于D2D的信号传输,发送设备是终端设备,对应 的接收设备也是终端设备。本申请的实施例对信号的传输方向不做限定。应理解,这里的 “信息传输”可以是发送信息或接收信息。The embodiments of the present application can be applied to downlink signal transmission, uplink signal transmission, and device to device (device to device, D2D) signal transmission. For downlink signal transmission, the sending device is a wireless access network device, and the corresponding receiving device is a terminal device. For uplink signal transmission, the sending device is a terminal device, and the corresponding receiving device is a wireless access network device. For D2D signal transmission, the sending device is a terminal device, and the corresponding receiving device is also a terminal device. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the transmission direction of the signal. It should be understood that "information transmission" herein can be sending information or receiving information.

在本申请中,位置可以是起始位置,或是起始资源块(RB),或是起始资源的序号,或是起始资源块的序号,或是起始位置和长度。需要说明的是,本申请中位置可以包括默认位置和/或附加位置。也就是说,本申请中BWP可以配置包括一个或多个位置。BWP 配置一个位置时,该位置为默认位置。默认位置的配置和现有协议中配置方式相同。默认 位置的配置是通过配置BWP的起始资源位置和BWP包括的频域资源数确定的。本申请 中所述的默认位置可以理解为现有协议中为BWP配置的唯一一个BWP的起始RB的序 号。当BWP配置n个位置时,包括一个默认位置和(n-1)个附加位置。其中,第1个位 置是默认位置,或序号为0的位置是默认位置。第1个位置之外的位置是附加位置,或序 号不为0的位置是附加位置。附加位置信息可以是附加位置的序号,或是附加位置的起始 资源位置,或是附加位置的起始资源位置的序号。其中,n是大于1的整数。In this application, the position may be a starting position, or a starting resource block (RB), or a sequence number of a starting resource, or a sequence number of a starting resource block, or a starting position and length. It should be noted that the locations in this application may include default locations and/or additional locations. That is, the BWP in this application may be configured to include one or more locations. When BWP configures a location, that location is the default location. The default location is configured in the same way as in the existing protocol. The configuration of the default location is determined by configuring the starting resource location of the BWP and the number of frequency domain resources included in the BWP. The default location described in this application can be understood as the sequence number of the starting RB of the only BWP configured for the BWP in the existing protocol. When BWP configures n locations, one default location and (n-1) additional locations are included. Among them, the first position is the default position, or the position with serial number 0 is the default position. Positions other than the first position are additional positions, or positions with a sequence number other than 0 are additional positions. The additional location information may be the sequence number of the additional location, or the starting resource location of the additional location, or the sequence number of the starting resource location of the additional location. where n is an integer greater than 1.

在本申请中,BWP的频率范围是BWP的带宽,或是BWP包括的RB数量,或是终 端设备支持的信道带宽,或由一个或多个RB构成。BWP的频率范围包括默认频率范围 和/或附加频率范围。默认频率范围是以默认位置和BWP长度确定的频率范围。默认频 率范围的配置和现有协议中配置方式相同。附加频率范围是以附加位置为起始位置和 BWP长度确定的频率范围。在本申请中,BWP的大小(size)也可以理解为BWP的频率范 围。In this application, the frequency range of the BWP is the bandwidth of the BWP, or the number of RBs included in the BWP, or the channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device, or is composed of one or more RBs. The frequency range of the BWP includes the default frequency range and/or the additional frequency range. The default frequency range is the frequency range determined by the default position and BWP length. The default frequency range is configured in the same way as in existing protocols. The additional frequency range is the frequency range determined by the additional position as the starting position and the BWP length. In this application, the size of BWP can also be understood as the frequency range of BWP.

在本申请中,调谐时间可以是预定义,或者调谐时间是基站配置的或是指示的。例如, 调谐时间可以是预定义的。调谐时间为140μs,或210μs,或280μs。例如,调谐时间 也可以是根据UE能力确定的。当UE上报的可支持的最短调谐时间为140μs,则调谐时 间应大于或等于为140μs。又例如,调谐时间是基站配置的或指示的。例如,基站指示调 谐时间可以为70μs、140μs、210μs、280μs、560μs中的某一个值。In this application, the tuning time may be predefined, or the tuning time may be configured or indicated by the base station. For example, the tuning time can be predefined. The tuning time is 140 μs, or 210 μs, or 280 μs. For example, the tuning time may also be determined according to UE capabilities. When the shortest supported tuning time reported by the UE is 140 μs, the tuning time should be greater than or equal to 140 μs. For another example, the tuning time is configured or indicated by the base station. For example, the tuning time indicated by the base station may be any one of 70 μs, 140 μs, 210 μs, 280 μs, and 560 μs.

在本申请中,处理时长也可以理解为处理时延,或为处理时间。例如,切换时长和切 换时间,切换时延可以互换。In this application, the processing duration may also be understood as processing delay, or processing time. For example, handover duration and handover time, handover delay can be interchanged.

本申请中,第一BWP为终端设备激活的BWP,或为终端设备的初始BWP,或为终 端设备当前应用的BWP,或为终端设备接收第一信令所在的BWP。第二BWP为终端设 备的候选BWP,或为非激活的BWP,或为终端设备的目标BWP,或为终端设备进行频 域资源切换后的BWP,或为和第一BWP不同的BWP。新的BWP为和第一BWP不同的 BWP。In this application, the first BWP is the BWP activated by the terminal device, or the initial BWP of the terminal device, or the BWP currently applied by the terminal device, or the BWP where the terminal device receives the first signaling. The second BWP is a candidate BWP of the terminal device, or an inactive BWP, or a target BWP of the terminal device, or a BWP after the terminal device performs frequency domain resource switching, or a BWP different from the first BWP. The new BWP is a different BWP from the first BWP.

为了便于区分和叙述方便,将本申请所涉及的三种信息传输的方式用“方式1”、“方式 2”、“方式3”进行区分。For the convenience of distinction and description, the three information transmission modes involved in this application are distinguished by "mode 1", "mode 2", and "mode 3".

方式1:Way 1:

本申请中的方式1是跳频,且该跳频传输需要频率调谐。例如,方式1是在BWP外 跳频(outside BWP FH),或是BWP间跳频,或是多次跳频传输中至少有一跳在BWP 之外,或是多次跳频传输中至少有两跳之间的频率偏移大于终端设备支持的带宽。终端设 备应用方式1进行信息传输时,至少需要2次频率调谐。方式1的频率调谐时间可以称为 第一处理时长或第一中断时长。对于方式1,终端设备确定信息传输的第二频域资源和/ 或跳频偏移,并根据第二频域资源和跳频偏移确定第一频域资源。终端设备从第二频域资 源调谐到第一频域资源进行信息传输后,终端设备需要再次调谐回第一频域资源。例如, 第二频域资源在BWP的频率范围内,或第一频域资源中所有资源都在BWP的频域范围 之内。第一频域资源在BWP的频率范围外,或第一频域资源中至少有部分资源在所述第 一BWP的频域范围之外。例如,本申请中的信息是物理上行共享信道携带的信息,或是 物理上行控制信道携带的信息,或是物理下行共享信道携带的信息。Mode 1 in this application is frequency hopping, and the frequency hopping transmission requires frequency tuning. For example, mode 1 is frequency hopping outside BWP (outside BWP FH), or frequency hopping between BWPs, or at least one hop in multiple frequency hopping transmissions is outside BWP, or at least two frequency hopping transmissions in multiple frequency hopping transmissions. The frequency offset between hops is greater than the bandwidth supported by the end device. When the terminal equipment uses Mode 1 for information transmission, at least two frequency tunings are required. The frequency tuning time of mode 1 may be referred to as the first processing duration or the first interruption duration. For mode 1, the terminal device determines the second frequency domain resource and/or the frequency hopping offset for information transmission, and determines the first frequency domain resource according to the second frequency domain resource and the frequency hopping offset. After the terminal device tunes from the second frequency domain resource to the first frequency domain resource for information transmission, the terminal device needs to tune back to the first frequency domain resource again. For example, the second frequency domain resource is within the frequency range of the BWP, or all the resources in the first frequency domain resource are within the frequency domain range of the BWP. The first frequency domain resource is outside the frequency range of the BWP, or at least some of the first frequency domain resources are outside the frequency domain range of the first BWP. For example, the information in this application is the information carried by the physical uplink shared channel, or the information carried by the physical uplink control channel, or the information carried by the physical downlink shared channel.

如图2中的(a)所示,终端设备应用方式1进行信息传输时,需要2次调谐,也就 是说有2次调谐时间。终端设备从第一资源调谐到第二资源进行信息传输,在该信息传输 之后,终端设备再次调谐回第一资源。例如,终端设备应用方式1进行信息传输时,BWP 标识ID相关的所有RRC参数不变。例如,终端设备应用方式1进行信息传输时,BWP标 识ID相关的RRC参数中,至少除第一特征参数外的其他参数没有更新。第一特征参数包 括BWP ID参数、BWP位置和BWP size(大小)、子载波间隔的参数中的一种或多种。 第一特征参数外的其他参数包括带宽、子载波间隔、控制信道资源集合、DMRS配置中的 一种或多种。As shown in (a) of Fig. 2, when the terminal device uses Mode 1 to transmit information, two tunings are required, that is, there are two tuning times. The terminal device tunes from the first resource to the second resource for information transmission, and after the information transmission, the terminal device tunes back to the first resource again. For example, when the terminal device uses Mode 1 to transmit information, all RRC parameters related to the BWP ID remain unchanged. For example, when the terminal device uses Mode 1 to transmit information, at least other parameters other than the first characteristic parameter are not updated in the RRC parameters related to the BWP ID. The first characteristic parameter includes one or more of parameters of BWP ID parameter, BWP location and BWP size, and subcarrier spacing. Other parameters other than the first characteristic parameter include one or more of bandwidth, subcarrier spacing, control channel resource set, and DMRS configuration.

本申请中,方式1的跳频偏移的指示方法可以是以下中的至少一种:1)可以用第二偏移值指示,BWP ID和BWP位置不变。2)BWP ID不变,根据BWP的位置来确定。3) 根据BWP ID信息来确定。具体的指示方法下面实施例中会详细叙述。In the present application, the method for indicating the frequency hopping offset in Mode 1 may be at least one of the following: 1) It may be indicated by a second offset value, and the BWP ID and BWP position remain unchanged. 2) The BWP ID remains unchanged and is determined according to the location of the BWP. 3) Determined according to BWP ID information. The specific instruction method will be described in detail in the following embodiments.

方式2:Way 2:

本申请中的方式2是指根据BWP的位置进行信息的传输。当终端设备被指示新的BWP 位置时,终端设备根据新的BWP位置确定BWP资源,并频率调谐到新的BWP资源,并 在该BWP资源上进行信息传输。对于方式2,终端设备在新的BWP位置所确定的BWP 资源进行信息传输后,继续在该BWP资源上进行其他信息的下行接收或上行发送。如图 2中的(b)所示,终端设备应用方式2进行信息传输时,需要1次调谐。终端设备应用 方式2进行信息传输时,BWP ID相关的RRC参数中,至少除第一特征参数外的其他参数 没有更新。例如,第一特征参数包括BWP ID参数、指示BWP起始和BWP size的参数中 的一种或多种。因而应用第二调谐方式时,终端设备需要处理的时间也是第一处理时长或 第一中断时长。现有BWP切换,终端设备需要的BWP切换时延称为第二处理时长。第 一处理时长比第二处理时长短。因此,方式2的业务中断时间更短,对业务的影响更小。 并且终端设备应用方式2进行传输时,终端设备可以根据BWP的附加位置确定BWP资 源的位置。Mode 2 in this application refers to the transmission of information according to the location of the BWP. When a new BWP location is indicated to the terminal device, the terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the new BWP location, tunes the frequency to the new BWP resource, and transmits information on the BWP resource. For mode 2, after the terminal device performs information transmission on the BWP resource determined by the new BWP location, it continues to perform downlink reception or uplink transmission of other information on the BWP resource. As shown in (b) of Figure 2, when the terminal device uses Mode 2 to transmit information, one tuning is required. When the terminal device uses Mode 2 to transmit information, at least other parameters except the first characteristic parameter in the RRC parameters related to the BWP ID are not updated. For example, the first characteristic parameter includes one or more of a BWP ID parameter, a parameter indicating a BWP start, and a BWP size. Therefore, when the second tuning mode is applied, the processing time required by the terminal device is also the first processing duration or the first interruption duration. In the existing BWP handover, the BWP handover delay required by the terminal device is called the second processing duration. The first processing duration is shorter than the second processing duration. Therefore, the service interruption time of Mode 2 is shorter, and the impact on the service is smaller. And when the terminal device uses Mode 2 for transmission, the terminal device can determine the location of the BWP resource according to the additional location of the BWP.

本申请中,终端设备BWP的位置可以通过以下至少一种方法指示:1)BWP ID信息不变,指示BWP位置。2)指示BWP ID信息,仅应用该BWP ID对应的位置信息,不 应用该BWP相关的RRC参数。3)BWP ID信息不变,指示BWP位置的偏移信息。具 体的指示方法下面实施例中会详细叙述。In this application, the location of the terminal device BWP can be indicated by at least one of the following methods: 1) The BWP ID information remains unchanged, indicating the location of the BWP. 2) Indicate the BWP ID information, only the location information corresponding to the BWP ID is applied, and the RRC parameters related to the BWP are not applied. 3) The BWP ID information remains unchanged, indicating the offset information of the BWP location. The specific instruction method will be described in detail in the following examples.

方式3:Way 3:

本申请中的方式3是BWP切换。当终端设备被指示新的BWP ID信息时,终端设备 根据新的BWP ID确定BWP资源,并频率调谐到新的BWP资源,并在该BWP资源上进 行信息传输。终端设备应用方式3进行信息传输时,BWP位置采用默认位置(default)位 置。BWP切换时,第二处理时长较长,如1个时隙(slot)或3个时隙。采用BWP切换 的方式进行信息传输时,终端设备应用(或更新,或加载)所有的和新的BWP ID相关的 参数信息。Mode 3 in this application is BWP handover. When the terminal device is indicated with new BWP ID information, the terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the new BWP ID, tunes the frequency to the new BWP resource, and transmits information on the BWP resource. When the terminal device uses Mode 3 to transmit information, the BWP location adopts the default location (default). When the BWP is switched, the second processing duration is relatively long, such as 1 time slot (slot) or 3 time slots. When the information transmission is performed in the way of BWP handover, the terminal device applies (or updates, or loads) all the parameter information related to the new BWP ID.

例如,终端设备采用方式3传输信息时,BWP ID信息可以通过第一BWP ID和第二BWP ID差值来指示。BWP ID指示可以是第二BWP ID和第一BWP ID的差值。并且对 差值按照配置的最大BWP ID数取模。如,最大BWP ID数为4,第一BWP的ID是1, 第二BWP ID是2。则BWPID指示为mod(2-1,4)=1。例如,BWP ID信息可以是按照配 置的BWP ID的排序排除第一BWPID后的序号。如,最大BWP ID数为4,第一BWP 的ID是1,第二BWP ID是2。则配置的BWP ID的排序为0,1,2,3;排除第一BWP ID后 的排序为0,2,3;第二BWP ID为2,为新的排序中的第2个ID,在其中的序号是1。BWP ID指示为1。当然如前所述,在终端设备采用其他的传输的方式时,也可能用BWP ID或 BWP ID信息来指示BWP的位置信息或跳频位置信息,这里所述的方法也同样适用。For example, when the terminal device uses Mode 3 to transmit information, the BWP ID information may be indicated by the difference between the first BWP ID and the second BWP ID. The BWP ID indication may be the difference between the second BWP ID and the first BWP ID. And take the modulo of the difference according to the configured maximum number of BWP IDs. For example, the maximum number of BWP IDs is 4, the ID of the first BWP is 1, and the ID of the second BWP is 2. Then the BWPID is indicated as mod(2-1,4)=1. For example, the BWP ID information may be the sequence number after excluding the first BWPID according to the order of the configured BWP IDs. For example, the maximum number of BWP IDs is 4, the ID of the first BWP is 1, and the ID of the second BWP is 2. The order of the configured BWP IDs is 0, 1, 2, 3; the order after excluding the first BWP ID is 0, 2, 3; the second BWP ID is 2, which is the second ID in the new order. The sequence number is 1. The BWP ID is indicated as 1. Of course, as mentioned above, when the terminal device adopts other transmission modes, the BWP ID or BWP ID information may also be used to indicate the BWP location information or frequency hopping location information, and the method described here is also applicable.

本申请中,BWP内的跳频的偏移可以是第一偏移值。In this application, the offset of the frequency hopping within the BWP may be the first offset value.

需要说明的是,本申请中,还可以支持终端设备BWP位置改变时进行BWP内的跳 频的传输的方式。即终端设备按照方式2进行信息传输,且在BWP内跳频。例如,终端 设备可以根据BWP的附加位置确定BWP资源,并且可以在BWP资源内进行跳频。It should be noted that, in the present application, a mode of performing frequency hopping transmission in the BWP when the BWP location of the terminal device changes may also be supported. That is, the terminal device transmits information according to Mode 2, and frequency hopping within the BWP. For example, the terminal device can determine the BWP resource according to the additional location of the BWP, and can perform frequency hopping within the BWP resource.

需要说明的是,本申请中,还可以支持终端设备在BWP切换后进行跳频的传输的方式。即即终端设备按照方式3进行信息传输,且在BWP内跳频。例如,终端设备可以根 据新的BWP ID信息确定BWP资源,并且可以在新BWP资源内进行跳频。It should be noted that, in the present application, a manner in which the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission after BWP handover can also be supported. That is, the terminal device performs information transmission according to Mode 3 and frequency hopping within the BWP. For example, the terminal device can determine the BWP resource according to the new BWP ID information, and can perform frequency hopping within the new BWP resource.

在本申请中,为了获得频率分集增益,可以将一次数据传输在时间上分成多段跳频传 输或多次重复传输。各段或各次传输对应的频域资源不完全相同。每段或每次传输就是跳 频传输中的一跳传输。任一跳指的是一次数据传输包括的多次跳频传输中的任意一次传输 或任意一段传输。对应的资源指的是数据传输所占用的或使用的资源。跳频传输的每一跳 资源可以是都在BWP内的资源。跳频传输也可以是有至少一跳在BWP之外,如果一次跳频传输在BWP之外,那么就需要进行频率调谐,频域资源即方式1。In this application, in order to obtain frequency diversity gain, one data transmission can be divided into multiple frequency hopping transmissions or repeated transmissions in time. The frequency domain resources corresponding to each segment or each transmission are not exactly the same. Each segment or transmission is a one-hop transmission in a frequency-hopping transmission. Any hop refers to any one transmission or any segment of transmission among multiple frequency hopping transmissions included in one data transmission. The corresponding resources refer to the resources occupied or used by data transmission. The per-hop resources for frequency hopping transmissions may be resources that are all within the BWP. The frequency hopping transmission may also have at least one hop outside the BWP. If a frequency hopping transmission is outside the BWP, frequency tuning needs to be performed, and the frequency domain resource is mode 1.

本申请中,跳频时,两跳之间的频率偏移为两跳的位置之间的差值,或为两跳的起始 位置之间相差的RB个数。例如,第一跳的频域资源为第10~19RB,两跳之间的频率偏移为50RB。第二跳的频域资源为第10~19RB+50RB=60~69RB,第三跳的频域资源为 10~19RB+50RB*2=110~119RB,第四跳的频域资源为10~19RB+50RB*3=160~169RB。跳 频示意图如图2中的(c)和图2中的(d)所示。其中,图2中的(c)为BWP内跳频示意图。以 图2中的(c)中PUCCH举例说明,PUCCH1和PUCCH2之间的频率偏移1即为两跳之间 的频率偏移。其中,两跳的频域资源均在BWP内。图2中的(d)为BWP外跳频示意图。 以图2中的(d)中PUCCH举例说明,PUCCH1和PUCCH2之间的频率偏移2即为两跳之 间的频率偏移。因为第二跳(PUCCH2)的频域资源在BWP之外,所以为BWP外跳频。In the present application, during frequency hopping, the frequency offset between two hops is the difference between the positions of the two hops, or the number of RBs that differ between the starting positions of the two hops. For example, the frequency domain resources of the first hop are the 10th to 19th RBs, and the frequency offset between the two hops is 50 RBs. The frequency domain resources of the second hop are 10~19RB+50RB=60~69RB, the frequency domain resources of the third hop are 10~19RB+50RB*2=110~119RB, and the frequency domain resources of the fourth hop are 10~19RB +50RB*3=160~169RB. The schematic diagrams of frequency hopping are shown in Figure 2(c) and Figure 2(d). Wherein, (c) in FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of frequency hopping within the BWP. Taking the PUCCH in (c) of Fig. 2 as an example, the frequency offset 1 between PUCCH1 and PUCCH2 is the frequency offset between two hops. The frequency domain resources of the two hops are all within the BWP. (d) in FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of BWP external frequency hopping. Taking the PUCCH in (d) of Fig. 2 as an example, the frequency offset 2 between PUCCH1 and PUCCH2 is the frequency offset between two hops. Because the frequency domain resources of the second hop (PUCCH2) are outside the BWP, the frequency hopping is outside the BWP.

如前所述,本申请中可以应用于D2D的场景。即,发端设备可以是网络设备也可以终端设备。需要说明的是,下述实施例中仅仅以网络设备为发端设备为例进行说明,本申请对发端设备不作任何限定。As mentioned above, this application can be applied to D2D scenarios. That is, the originating device may be a network device or a terminal device. It should be noted that, in the following embodiments, only a network device is used as an example for description, and this application does not make any limitation on the originating device.

图3是本申请通信方法300的示意性框图,图3所示的方法包括S301至S302。下面详细描述每个步骤。Fig. 3 is a schematic block diagram of a communication method 300 of the present application, and the method shown in Fig. 3 includes S301 to S302. Each step is described in detail below.

步骤S301,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信令。Step S301, the network device sends the first signaling to the terminal device.

本申请中,第一信令可以是下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),也 可以是无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令,也可以是媒体接入控制实体 (media access control control element,MAC CE)信令。第一信令可以是一个字段,或是一 个字段中的部分比特,或是一个信息元素,或是控制信息,或是指示信息。In this application, the first signaling may be downlink control information (DCI), radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, or a media access control entity (media access control control entity). element, MAC CE) signaling. The first signaling may be a field, or part of bits in a field, or an information element, or control information, or indication information.

步骤S302,终端设备在第一BWP的频率范围内接收第一信令,确定信息传输的方式。Step S302, the terminal device receives the first signaling within the frequency range of the first BWP, and determines the information transmission mode.

方式的说明如前所述,这里不再赘述。The description of the method is as described above, and will not be repeated here.

进一步的,终端设备可以根据第一信令的指示进行通信。具体的,终端设备可以在第 一BWP的频率范围内接收第一信令,确定信息传输的方式,根据确定的传输的方式进行通信。Further, the terminal device may communicate according to the indication of the first signaling. Specifically, the terminal device may receive the first signaling within the frequency range of the first BWP, determine the information transmission mode, and communicate according to the determined transmission mode.

在一种可能的实现方式中,第一信令指示第二频率偏移信息或BWP外跳时使用的偏 移值或BWP外跳时的位置。终端设备按照方式1进行信息传输。例如,终端设备根据第 二频率偏移信息和/或第二频域资源确定第一频域资源。且第一频域资源中至少有部分资 源在第一BWP的频率范围之外。终端设备通过频率调谐到所述第一频域资源内进行通信。 也就是说,第一信令可以指示终端设备通过频率调谐到第一BWP外进行跳频传输。终端 设备在第一频域资源上按照方式1进行信息传输。终端设备的第一BWP对应的所有参数 不变。In a possible implementation manner, the first signaling indicates the second frequency offset information or the offset value used when the BWP is out-hopped or the position when the BWP is out-hopped. The terminal equipment transmits information according to Mode 1. For example, the terminal device determines the first frequency domain resource according to the second frequency offset information and/or the second frequency domain resource. And at least some of the resources in the first frequency domain are outside the frequency range of the first BWP. The terminal device performs communication in the first frequency domain resource by frequency tuning. That is, the first signaling may instruct the terminal device to perform frequency hopping transmission outside the first BWP by frequency tuning. The terminal device performs information transmission on the first frequency domain resource according to Mode 1. All parameters corresponding to the first BWP of the terminal device remain unchanged.

在本申请中“第一BWP”不变可以理解为第一BWP的ID不变,或为第一BWP的相关 参数中仅第一参数集合中,至少除第一特征参数外的其他参数没有更新。也可以理解为, 终端设备在信息传输前后或者说UE通信时所使用的BWP都是第一BWP。In this application, "the first BWP" does not change, it can be understood that the ID of the first BWP does not change, or that only the first parameter set in the related parameters of the first BWP, at least other parameters except the first characteristic parameter are not updated. . It can also be understood that the BWP used by the terminal device before and after information transmission or when the UE communicates is the first BWP.

例如,第二频率偏移信息为一个或多个偏移值。该偏移值用于BWP外跳频。例如,BWP外跳频的偏移值是跳频传输中两跳的频域资源的偏移值,或是跳频传输中两跳的位 置的频率偏移值,或是跳频传输中两跳的之间的频率偏移值。如,偏移值的单位是RB, 或是Hz,或是MHz,或是kHz,或是资源块组(resource block group,RBG),或是多个RB 组成的资源单位。例如,BWP的带宽为20MHz时,BWP外跳频偏移值为20Mhz、40MHz、 60MHz、80MHz中的至少一个。例如,BWP包括的RB个数为106时,BWP外跳频的偏 移值为100、150、200、250中的至少一个。For example, the second frequency offset information is one or more offset values. This offset value is used for frequency hopping outside the BWP. For example, the offset value of the frequency hopping outside the BWP is the offset value of the frequency domain resources of two hops in the frequency hopping transmission, or the frequency offset value of the position of the two hops in the frequency hopping transmission, or the two hops in the frequency hopping transmission. The frequency offset value between . For example, the unit of the offset value is RB, or Hz, or MHz, or kHz, or a resource block group (resource block group, RBG), or a resource unit composed of multiple RBs. For example, when the bandwidth of the BWP is 20 MHz, the BWP outer frequency hopping offset value is at least one of 20 MHz, 40 MHz, 60 MHz, and 80 MHz. For example, when the number of RBs included in the BWP is 106, the offset value of the frequency hopping outside the BWP is at least one of 100, 150, 200, and 250.

例如,终端设备按照方式1进行跳频传输时,使用的偏移值是通过第二频率偏移信息 获取。如,第二偏移信息可以是网络设备预先规定的或指示的。如,网络设备可以为终端设备配置N1个候选偏移值。其中,N1为正整数。例如,N1=4。例如,N1=2。终端设备 按照方式1进行跳频传输时,第一信令指示使用N1中的哪个偏移值。For example, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to Mode 1, the used offset value is obtained from the second frequency offset information. For example, the second offset information may be pre-specified or indicated by the network device. For example, the network device may configure N1 candidate offset values for the terminal device. Among them, N1 is a positive integer. For example, N1=4. For example, N1=2. When the terminal equipment performs frequency hopping transmission according to Mode 1, the first signaling indicates which offset value in N1 to use.

例如,终端设备按照方式1进行跳频传输时,使用的偏移值是通过BWP ID对应的信息获取。如,偏移值是BWP ID对应的位置,或是BWP ID对应的长度。如,第一信令指 示的BWPID对应的位置为第100个RB,则偏移值为100个RB。如,第一信令指示的 BWP ID对应的长度为106个RB,则偏移值为106个RB。如,网络设备可以为终端设备 配置了N3个BWP。其中,N3为正整数。例如,N3=4。例如,N3=2。For example, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to Mode 1, the used offset value is obtained from the information corresponding to the BWP ID. For example, the offset value is the position corresponding to the BWP ID, or the length corresponding to the BWP ID. For example, the position corresponding to the BWPID indicated by the first signaling is the 100th RB, and the offset value is 100 RBs. For example, the length corresponding to the BWP ID indicated by the first signaling is 106 RBs, and the offset value is 106 RBs. For example, the network device may be configured with N3 BWPs for the terminal device. Among them, N3 is a positive integer. For example, N3=4. For example, N3=2.

例如,终端设备按照方式1进行跳频传输时,使用的偏移值是通过BWP的位置信息获取。如,偏移值是BWP的位置对应的数值。如,第一信令指示的BWP位置为默认位 置,该BWP的默认位置为第100RB,则偏移值为100个RB。如,第一信令指示的BWP 位置为第二附加位置,该位置为第250个RB,则偏移值为250个RB。For example, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to Mode 1, the used offset value is obtained from the location information of the BWP. For example, the offset value is a value corresponding to the position of the BWP. For example, the BWP location indicated by the first signaling is the default location, the default location of the BWP is the 100th RB, and the offset value is 100 RBs. For example, the BWP position indicated by the first signaling is the second additional position, and the position is the 250th RB, and the offset value is 250 RBs.

例如,终端设备按照方式1进行跳频传输时,BWP外的跳频传输的位置是通过BWPID对应的信息获取。如,跳频传输的位置是BWP ID对应的位置,或是BWP ID对应的 长度。如,第一信令指示的BWP ID对应的位置为第100个RB,则跳频传输的起始位置 为第100个RB。如,第一信令指示的BWP ID对应的长度为106个RB,则跳频传输的起 始位置为第106个RB。如,网络设备可以为终端设备配置了N3个BWP。其中,N3为正 整数。例如,N3=4。例如,N3=2。For example, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to Mode 1, the location of the frequency hopping transmission outside the BWP is obtained through the information corresponding to the BWPID. For example, the location of the frequency hopping transmission is the location corresponding to the BWP ID, or the length corresponding to the BWP ID. For example, the position corresponding to the BWP ID indicated by the first signaling is the 100th RB, and the starting position of the frequency hopping transmission is the 100th RB. For example, the length corresponding to the BWP ID indicated by the first signaling is 106 RBs, and the starting position of the frequency hopping transmission is the 106th RB. For example, the network device may configure N3 BWPs for the terminal device. Among them, N3 is a positive integer. For example, N3=4. For example, N3=2.

例如,终端设备按照方式1进行跳频传输时,BWP外的跳频传输的位置是通过BWP的位置信息获取。如,跳频传输的位置是BWP的位置对应的数值。如,第一信令指示的 BWP位置为默认位置,该BWP的默认位置为第100RB,则跳频传输的位置为第100个 RB。如,第一信令指示的BWP位置为第二附加位置,该位置为第250个RB,则跳频传 输的位置为第250个RB。For example, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to Mode 1, the location of the frequency hopping transmission outside the BWP is obtained through the location information of the BWP. For example, the location of the frequency hopping transmission is a value corresponding to the location of the BWP. For example, the BWP location indicated by the first signaling is the default location, the default location of the BWP is the 100th RB, and the location of the frequency hopping transmission is the 100th RB. For example, the BWP position indicated by the first signaling is the second additional position, and the position is the 250th RB, then the position of the frequency hopping transmission is the 250th RB.

本申请中,终端设备在进行需要调谐的跳频传输时,可以在更大的频域资源范围内进 行信息传输,可以获得更好的分集增益。而且,不需要进行BWP位置的改变或BWP的 切换来获取分集增益。此时BWP ID不变,所以BWP ID相关的RRC参数不变,或RRC 参数中至少除第一特征参数外的其他参数没有更新。因而只需要频率调谐时间,相比较于 BWP切换对用户信息传输的中断时间更短,影响更小。In the present application, when the terminal equipment performs frequency hopping transmission that needs to be tuned, it can perform information transmission in a larger range of frequency domain resources, and can obtain better diversity gain. Also, no change of BWP position or switching of BWP is required to obtain diversity gain. At this time, the BWP ID remains unchanged, so the RRC parameters related to the BWP ID remain unchanged, or at least other parameters in the RRC parameters except the first characteristic parameter are not updated. Therefore, only the frequency tuning time is required. Compared with the BWP handover, the interruption time of the user information transmission is shorter and the impact is smaller.

在一种可能的实现方式中,第一信令指示第一BWP的位置信息。终端设备根据第一BWP的位置信息确定BWP资源。终端设备按照方式2进行信息传输。In a possible implementation manner, the first signaling indicates location information of the first BWP. The terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the location information of the first BWP. The terminal device transmits information according to Mode 2.

例如,网络设备为终端设备配置的第一BWP位置中包括附加位置时,终端设备根据第一信令指示的附加位置信息,确定附加频率范围。调谐到第一BWP的附加频率范围内 进行信息传输。For example, when the first BWP location configured by the network device for the terminal device includes an additional location, the terminal device determines the additional frequency range according to the additional location information indicated by the first signaling. Tune into the additional frequency range of the first BWP for information transmission.

例如,网络设备为终端设备的第一BWP配置多个位置时,第一信令指示BWP的位 置信息。多个位置包括一个默认位置和至少一个附加位置。如,默认位置对应的频率范围 是默认频率范围。第一附加位置对应的频率范围是第一附加频率范围。第二附加位置对应 的频率范围是第二附加频率范围。如,第一信令指示第一附加位置时,终端设备可以从默 认频率范围调谐到第一附加频率范围,或终端设备从第二附加频率范围调谐到第一附加频率范围。如,第一信令指示默认位置时,终端设备可以从第一附加频率范围调谐到默认频率范围,或终端设备从第二附加频率范围调谐到默认频率范围。For example, when the network device configures multiple locations for the first BWP of the terminal device, the first signaling indicates location information of the BWP. The plurality of locations includes a default location and at least one additional location. For example, the frequency range corresponding to the default position is the default frequency range. The frequency range corresponding to the first additional position is the first additional frequency range. The frequency range corresponding to the second additional position is the second additional frequency range. For example, when the first signaling indicates the first additional location, the terminal device can tune from the default frequency range to the first additional frequency range, or the terminal device can tune from the second additional frequency range to the first additional frequency range. For example, when the first signaling indicates the default location, the terminal device can tune from the first additional frequency range to the default frequency range, or the terminal device can tune from the second additional frequency range to the default frequency range.

例如,BWP的位置信息是根据BWP ID获取的。如,第一信令指示BWP ID信息, BWP的位置信息是该BWP ID对应的位置,或是BWP ID对应的长度。如,第一信令指 示的BWP ID所对应的起始位置为第100个RB,则BWP的起始位置为第100个RB。如, 第一信令指示的BWP ID对应的长度为106个RB,则BWP的起始位置为第106个RB。For example, the location information of the BWP is obtained based on the BWP ID. For example, the first signaling indicates BWP ID information, and the location information of the BWP is the location corresponding to the BWP ID, or the length corresponding to the BWP ID. For example, if the starting position corresponding to the BWP ID indicated by the first signaling is the 100th RB, the starting position of the BWP is the 100th RB. For example, the length corresponding to the BWP ID indicated by the first signaling is 106 RBs, and the starting position of the BWP is the 106th RB.

例如,BWP的位置信息是根据BWP偏移信息获取的。例如,BWP偏移信息为第二 偏移信息。终端设备根据第二偏移信息确定第一BWP的位置。如,第一信令指示第二偏 移信息,终端设备根据第二偏移信息和第一BWP的位置确定第一BWP的新的位置。如, 第一信令指示的第二偏移信息为100个RB,第一BWP的默认位置为第100个RB。则第 一BWP的位置改为第(100+100)=200个RB。For example, the location information of the BWP is acquired according to the BWP offset information. For example, the BWP offset information is the second offset information. The terminal device determines the location of the first BWP according to the second offset information. For example, the first signaling indicates the second offset information, and the terminal device determines the new location of the first BWP according to the second offset information and the location of the first BWP. For example, the second offset information indicated by the first signaling is 100 RBs, and the default position of the first BWP is the 100th RB. Then the position of the first BWP is changed to (100+100)=200th RB.

第一信令指示BWP的位置信息时,终端设备不期望有超出第一BWP的频率范围的跳频指示。例如,终端设备按照方式2进行信息传输时,不会同时进行BWP外跳频传输。 也就是说,在本申请中,终端设备不同时支持方式1和方式2。When the first signaling indicates the location information of the BWP, the terminal device does not expect a frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency range of the first BWP. For example, when the terminal device transmits information according to Mode 2, it will not perform BWP out-of-frequency hopping transmission at the same time. That is to say, in this application, the terminal device does not support Mode 1 and Mode 2 at the same time.

本申请中,在第一BWP位置范围内有大量业务需要传输,导致资源紧张、网络拥塞的情况下,可以通过改变第一BWP位置的方法,将不同的用户分配到不同的资源上,实 现负载均衡。并且,此时BWP ID不变,所以BWP ID相关的RRC参数中,至少除第一 特征参数外的其他参数没有更新。因而资源位置的改变时间较短,如仅需要调谐时间,相 比较于BWP切换对用户信息传输的中断时间更短,影响更小。In this application, when a large number of services need to be transmitted within the range of the first BWP location, which leads to resource shortage and network congestion, the method of changing the location of the first BWP can be used to allocate different users to different resources to achieve load balanced. Moreover, at this time, the BWP ID does not change, so in the RRC parameters related to the BWP ID, at least other parameters except the first characteristic parameter are not updated. Therefore, the change time of the resource location is short, if only the tuning time is required, the interruption time of the user information transmission is shorter than that of the BWP handover, and the impact is smaller.

在一种可能的实现方式中,第一信令指示第二BWP的标识ID信息时,终端设备根据第一BWP ID确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式3进行信息传输。In a possible implementation manner, when the first signaling indicates the identification ID information of the second BWP, the terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the first BWP ID. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 3.

第一信令指示第二BWP ID信息时,终端设备不期望有超出第二BWP的频率范围的跳频指示。例如,终端设备按照方式3进行信息传输时,不会同时进行BWP外跳频传输。 也就是说,在本申请中,终端设备不同时支持方式1和方式3。When the first signaling indicates the second BWP ID information, the terminal device does not expect a frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency range of the second BWP. For example, when the terminal device transmits information according to Mode 3, it will not perform BWP out-of-frequency hopping transmission at the same time. That is to say, in this application, the terminal device does not support Mode 1 and Mode 3 at the same time.

需要说明的是这里“终端设备不期望”某情况可以理解为终端设备不支持该情况,或为 终端设备遇到该情况后不做任何处理,或为终端设备遇到该情况后不进行信息传输,或为 终端设备遇到该情况后自己决定如何处理(网络设备不做限制或规定),或为终端设备认为 网络设备的调度不会出现该情况,或为网络设备的调度不能出现该情况。It should be noted that a situation of "unexpected by the terminal device" here can be understood as the terminal device does not support this situation, or the terminal device does not do any processing after encountering this situation, or does not perform information transmission after the terminal device encounters this situation. , or because the terminal device decides how to deal with it after encountering the situation (the network device does not impose restrictions or regulations), or because the terminal device thinks that the scheduling of the network device will not occur, or the scheduling of the network device cannot occur in this situation.

在本申请中,网络设备可以为终端设备配置的多个BWP,每个BWP配置了对应的BWP ID和BWP的位置。网络设备可以通过信令指示的方式指示终端设备的BWP是否更 改。如网络设备指示的BWP ID和终端设备当前所应用的BWP ID相同,则终端设备不需 要更新BWP的位置和BWP配置。如网络设备指示的BWP ID和终端设备当前所应用的 BWP ID不同,终端设备应用新的BWP ID,应用新的BWP位置,应用新的BWP配置。In this application, the network device may configure multiple BWPs for the terminal device, and each BWP is configured with a corresponding BWP ID and BWP location. The network device can indicate whether the BWP of the terminal device is changed by means of signaling indication. If the BWP ID indicated by the network device is the same as the BWP ID currently applied by the terminal device, the terminal device does not need to update the BWP location and BWP configuration. If the BWP ID indicated by the network device is different from the BWP ID currently applied by the terminal device, the terminal device applies the new BWP ID, applies the new BWP location, and applies the new BWP configuration.

应理解,BWP切换不仅可以改变BWP的位置,也可以改变BWP的相关配置参数, 适用于用户的业务需求变更。如从上行业务为主变更为下行业务为主,如对数据速率的要 求降低或升高等。在这种情况下进行信息传输,并没有获取比BWP带宽内更大的频率分 集增益的需求,因而,这时不需要支持BWP外跳频传输。It should be understood that the BWP handover can not only change the position of the BWP, but also change the relevant configuration parameters of the BWP, which is suitable for the change of the user's business requirements. For example, from upstream service-based to downstream service-based, for example, the requirement for data rate is reduced or increased. For information transmission in this case, there is no need to obtain a greater frequency diversity gain than within the BWP bandwidth, so there is no need to support frequency hopping transmission outside the BWP at this time.

例如,第一信令指示第一BWP的附加位置时,根据第一BWP的附加位置确定BWP 资源。在BWP资源上按照方式2进行信息传输。第一BWP的资源可以是从默认频率范 围改变到附加频率范围,也可以是从第一附加频率范围改变到第二附加频率范围。For example, when the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, the BWP resource is determined according to the additional location of the first BWP. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 2. The resources of the first BWP may be changed from the default frequency range to the additional frequency range, or may be changed from the first additional frequency range to the second additional frequency range.

例如,第一信令指示第一BWP的默认位置时,终端设备根据第一BWP的附加位置 确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照2进行信息传输。第一BWP的资源可以是从附加频 率范围改变到默认频率范围,也可以是在默认频率范围内不变。For example, when the first signaling indicates the default location of the first BWP, the terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the additional location of the first BWP. The information is transmitted according to 2 on the BWP resource. The resources of the first BWP may be changed from the additional frequency range to the default frequency range, or may be unchanged within the default frequency range.

例如,第一信令指示跳频通信的第二频率偏移,终端设备根据第二频率偏移确定第一 频域资源。且第一频域资源中至少有部分资源在第一BWP的频率范围之外时,终端设备 在第一频域资源内按照根据方式1进行信息传输。For example, the first signaling indicates the second frequency offset of the frequency hopping communication, and the terminal device determines the first frequency domain resource according to the second frequency offset. And when at least some of the resources in the first frequency domain are outside the frequency range of the first BWP, the terminal device performs information transmission in the first frequency domain resource according to Mode 1.

例如,第一信令指示第二BWP的ID时,终端设备根据BWP ID对应的位置信息确定BWP资源。在BWP(第二BWP)资源上按照方式3进行信息传输。第二BWP的资源是根 据第二BWP的默认位置确定的。For example, when the first signaling indicates the ID of the second BWP, the terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the location information corresponding to the BWP ID. Information transmission is performed according to mode 3 on the BWP (second BWP) resource. The resources of the second BWP are determined according to the default location of the second BWP.

根据本申请提供的通信方法,网络设备可以根据终端设备的业务需求灵活指示终端设 备的信息传输的方式,并且可以获取频域分集增益和负载均衡,保障信息传输可靠性。According to the communication method provided by the present application, the network device can flexibly instruct the information transmission mode of the terminal device according to the service requirements of the terminal device, and can obtain frequency domain diversity gain and load balance to ensure the reliability of information transmission.

本申请中终端设备能够根据第一信令确定的资源,按照不同的方式进行传输,下面进 行详细的描述。In this application, the terminal device can transmit in different ways according to the resource determined by the first signaling, which will be described in detail below.

作为一个示例,假设网络设备配置的BWP ID个数为N1,即方式3可配置的候选ID个数为N1。方式1的候选位置个数为N2。方式2的候选位置个数为N3。BWP内跳频的 偏移值个数为N4。其中,N1、N2、N3和N4均为大于0的整数。As an example, it is assumed that the number of BWP IDs configured by the network device is N1, that is, the number of candidate IDs that can be configured in mode 3 is N1. The number of candidate positions in Mode 1 is N2. The number of candidate positions in Mode 2 is N3. The number of offset values for frequency hopping within the BWP is N4. Wherein, N1, N2, N3 and N4 are all integers greater than 0.

在一种可能的实现方式中,第一信令能够指示以下至少一项:{第一BWP的位置信息 和不使能跳频};{第二BWP的ID信息和不使能跳频};{第一BWP的位置信息和第一频 率偏移信息};{第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息};第二频率偏移信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first signaling can indicate at least one of the following: {location information of the first BWP and frequency hopping disabled}; {ID information of the second BWP and frequency hopping disabled}; {Location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP}; {ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP}; Second frequency offset information.

在一种可能的实现方式中,因为不跳频不需要额外指示BWP内的跳频偏移,或可以认为跳频偏移值为0,第一信令能够指示的内容可以进行简化。第一信令能够指示以下至少一项:{第一BWP的位置信息};{第二BWP的ID信息};{第一BWP的位置信息和第 一频率偏移信息};{第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息};第二频率偏移信息。In a possible implementation manner, because no frequency hopping does not need to additionally indicate the frequency hopping offset in the BWP, or it can be considered that the frequency hopping offset value is 0, the content that can be indicated by the first signaling can be simplified. The first signaling can indicate at least one of the following: {location information of the first BWP}; {ID information of the second BWP}; {location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP}; {the location information of the second BWP} ID information and first frequency offset information}; second frequency offset information.

例如,第一信令指示第一BWP的位置信息和不使能跳频时,根据第一BWP的位置 信息确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式2进行信息传输。For example, when the first signaling indicates the location information of the first BWP and frequency hopping is disabled, the BWP resource is determined according to the location information of the first BWP. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 2.

例如,第一信令指示第一BWP的位置信息时,根据第一BWP的位置信息确定BWP 资源。在BWP资源上按照方式2进行信息传输。For example, when the first signaling indicates the location information of the first BWP, the BWP resource is determined according to the location information of the first BWP. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 2.

例如,第一信令指示第二BWP的ID信息和不使能跳频时,根据第二BWP的ID信 息确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式3进行信息传输。For example, when the first signaling indicates the ID information of the second BWP and frequency hopping is disabled, the BWP resource is determined according to the ID information of the second BWP. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 3.

例如,第一信令指示第二BWP的ID信息时,根据第二BWP的ID信息确定BWP资 源。在BWP资源上按照方式3进行信息传输。For example, when the first signaling indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the BWP resource is determined according to the ID information of the second BWP. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 3.

例如,第一信令指示第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息时,根据第一BWP 的位置信息确定BWP资源。根据第一频率偏移信息确定BWP内跳频的偏移值。在BWP 资源上按照方式2进行信息传输,且在BWP内跳频。For example, when the first signaling indicates the location information of the first BWP and the first frequency offset information, the BWP resource is determined according to the location information of the first BWP. The offset value of the frequency hopping in the BWP is determined according to the first frequency offset information. Information transmission is performed on BWP resources according to Mode 2, and frequency hopping is performed within the BWP.

例如,第一信令指示第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息时,根据第二BWP的 ID信息确定BWP资源。根据第一频率偏移信息确定BWP内跳频的偏移值。在BWP资 源上按照方式3进行信息传输,且在BWP内跳频。For example, when the first signaling indicates the ID information of the second BWP and the first frequency offset information, the BWP resource is determined according to the ID information of the second BWP. The offset value of the frequency hopping in the BWP is determined according to the first frequency offset information. Information transmission is performed on BWP resources according to mode 3, and frequency hopping is performed within the BWP.

例如,第一信令指示第二频率偏移信息时,根据第二频率偏移信息确定BWP外跳频偏移值。根据第二频率偏移信息确定传输使用的跳频资源。在该跳频资源上按照方式1进行信息传输。For example, when the first signaling indicates the second frequency offset information, the BWP outer frequency hopping offset value is determined according to the second frequency offset information. The frequency hopping resource used for transmission is determined according to the second frequency offset information. Information transmission is performed on the frequency hopping resource according to Mode 1.

在一种可能的实现方式中,第一信令能够指示以下至少一项:{第一BWP的位置信息};{第二BWP的ID信息};第一频率偏移信息;第二频率偏移信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first signaling can indicate at least one of the following: {location information of the first BWP}; {ID information of the second BWP}; first frequency offset information; second frequency offset information.

例如,第一信令指示第一BWP的位置信息和不使能跳频时,根据第一BWP的位置 信息确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式2进行信息传输。For example, when the first signaling indicates the location information of the first BWP and frequency hopping is disabled, the BWP resource is determined according to the location information of the first BWP. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 2.

例如,第一信令指示第二BWP的ID信息和不使能跳频时,根据第二BWP的ID信 息确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式3进行信息传输。For example, when the first signaling indicates the ID information of the second BWP and frequency hopping is disabled, the BWP resource is determined according to the ID information of the second BWP. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 3.

例如,第一信令指示第一频率偏移信息时,根据第一频率偏移信息确定BWP内跳频偏移值。根据第一频率偏移信息确定传输使用的跳频资源。在第一BWP内进行跳频传输。 且BWP的ID和BWP的位置不变。For example, when the first signaling indicates the first frequency offset information, the intra-BWP frequency hopping offset value is determined according to the first frequency offset information. The frequency hopping resource used for transmission is determined according to the first frequency offset information. Frequency hopping transmission is performed within the first BWP. And the ID of the BWP and the location of the BWP remain unchanged.

例如,第一信令指示第二频率偏移信息时,根据第二频率偏移信息确定BWP外跳频偏移值。根据第二频率偏移信息确定传输使用的跳频资源。在该跳频资源上按照方式1进行信息传输。且BWP的ID和BWP的位置不变。For example, when the first signaling indicates the second frequency offset information, the BWP outer frequency hopping offset value is determined according to the second frequency offset information. The frequency hopping resource used for transmission is determined according to the second frequency offset information. Information transmission is performed on the frequency hopping resource according to Mode 1. And the ID of the BWP and the location of the BWP remain unchanged.

在一种可能的实现方式中,第一信令能够指示以下至少一项:{第一BWP的位置信息};{第二BWP的ID信息};{第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息};第二频率偏 移信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first signaling can indicate at least one of the following: {location information of the first BWP}; {ID information of the second BWP}; {ID information of the second BWP and the first frequency offset shift information}; second frequency offset information.

例如,第一信令指示第一BWP的位置信息和不使能跳频时,根据第一BWP的位置 信息确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式2进行信息传输。For example, when the first signaling indicates the location information of the first BWP and frequency hopping is disabled, the BWP resource is determined according to the location information of the first BWP. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 2.

例如,第一信令指示第二BWP的ID信息和不使能跳频时,根据第二BWP的ID信 息确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式3进行信息传输。For example, when the first signaling indicates the ID information of the second BWP and frequency hopping is disabled, the BWP resource is determined according to the ID information of the second BWP. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 3.

例如,第一信令指示第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息时,根据第二BWP的 ID信息确定BWP资源。根据第一频率偏移信息确定BWP内跳频的偏移值。在BWP资 源上按照方式3进行信息传输,且在BWP内跳频。For example, when the first signaling indicates the ID information of the second BWP and the first frequency offset information, the BWP resource is determined according to the ID information of the second BWP. The offset value of the frequency hopping in the BWP is determined according to the first frequency offset information. Information transmission is performed on BWP resources according to mode 3, and frequency hopping is performed within the BWP.

例如,第一信令指示第二频率偏移信息时,根据第二频率偏移信息确定BWP外跳频偏移值。根据第二频率偏移信息确定传输使用的跳频资源。在该跳频资源上按照方式1进行信息传输。且BWP的ID和BWP的位置不变。For example, when the first signaling indicates the second frequency offset information, the BWP outer frequency hopping offset value is determined according to the second frequency offset information. The frequency hopping resource used for transmission is determined according to the second frequency offset information. Information transmission is performed on the frequency hopping resource according to Mode 1. And the ID of the BWP and the location of the BWP remain unchanged.

在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备接收第六信息,第六信息用于指示信息传输的方 式。终端设备根据第六信息确定第一信令的指示的内容。第一信令指示的内容对应于第六 信息指示的传输的方式,或第一信令指示了传输的方式对应的频域资源切换信息。终端设 备根据指示的传输的方式和该方式对应的频域资源切换信息确定信息传输的频域资源。并 在该资源上按照指示的传输的方式进行信息传输。例如,第六信息能够指示的传输的方式 可以是前述的方式1、方式2、方式3、{方式2且BWP内跳频}、{方式3且BWP内跳频}、BWP内跳频、不跳频、不频率调谐中的至少一种。其中,不频率调谐可以是在BWP跳频, 或是不跳频。例如,频域资源切换信息包括BWP ID信息、BWP位置信息、BWP外跳频 偏移信息、BWP内跳频偏移信息、不跳频中的至少一项。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device receives sixth information, where the sixth information is used to indicate a manner of information transmission. The terminal device determines the content of the indication of the first signaling according to the sixth information. The content indicated by the first signaling corresponds to the transmission mode indicated by the sixth information, or the first signaling indicates frequency domain resource switching information corresponding to the transmission mode. The terminal device determines the frequency domain resources for information transmission according to the indicated transmission mode and the frequency domain resource switching information corresponding to the mode. And transmit information on the resource according to the indicated transmission mode. For example, the transmission modes that can be indicated by the sixth information may be the aforementioned mode 1, mode 2, mode 3, {mode 2 and intra-BWP frequency hopping}, {mode 3 and intra-BWP frequency hopping}, intra-BWP frequency hopping, no At least one of frequency hopping and frequency tuning. The non-frequency tuning may be frequency hopping in the BWP, or no frequency hopping. For example, the frequency domain resource switching information includes at least one of BWP ID information, BWP location information, BWP outer frequency hopping offset information, BWP inner frequency hopping offset information, and non-frequency hopping.

例如,第六信息能够指示的传输的方式为方式1、方式2、方式3、{方式2且BWP 内跳频}、{方式3且BWP内跳频}且BWP内跳频中的至少一种。如,若第六信息指示传 输的方式为{方式2且BWP内跳频},第一信令指示{第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏 移信息}。终端设备根据第一BWP的位置信息确定BWP资源。根据第一频率偏移信息确 定BWP内跳频的偏移值。在BWP资源上按照方式2进行信息传输,且在BWP内跳频。 如,若第六信息指示传输的方式为方式3,第一信令指示第二BWP的ID信息。终端设备 根据第二BWP的ID信息确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式3进行信息传输。For example, the transmission mode that can be indicated by the sixth information is at least one of mode 1, mode 2, mode 3, {mode 2 and intra-BWP frequency hopping}, {mode 3 and intra-BWP frequency hopping} and intra-BWP frequency hopping . For example, if the sixth information indicates that the transmission mode is {mode 2 and intra-BWP frequency hopping}, the first signaling indicates {the location information of the first BWP and the first frequency offset information}. The terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the location information of the first BWP. The offset value of the frequency hopping within the BWP is determined according to the first frequency offset information. Information transmission is performed on BWP resources according to Mode 2, and frequency hopping is performed within the BWP. For example, if the sixth information indicates that the transmission mode is mode 3, the first signaling indicates the ID information of the second BWP. The terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the ID information of the second BWP. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 3.

例如,第六信息息够指示的传输的方式为方式1、方式2、方式3、不频率调谐中的至少一种。如,若第六信息指示传输的方式为方式3,第一信令指示第二BWP的ID。终 端设备根据第二BWP的ID确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式3进行信息传输。For example, the transmission mode indicated by the sixth information information is at least one of mode 1, mode 2, mode 3, and non-frequency tuning. For example, if the sixth information indicates that the transmission mode is mode 3, the first signaling indicates the ID of the second BWP. The terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the ID of the second BWP. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 3.

如,第六信息指示为方式1。第一信令指示BWP外跳时使用的偏移值。第一信息的指示内容可以是第二偏移值,也可以是BWP ID信息,也可以是BWP的位置。具体的根 据第一信令确定资源的方法如前所述,这里不再赘述。For example, the sixth information indicates mode 1. The first signaling indicates the offset value used when the BWP hops out. The indication content of the first information may be the second offset value, or may be BWP ID information, or may be the location of the BWP. The specific method for determining resources according to the first signaling is as described above, and details are not repeated here.

如,第六信息指示为方式2,或为方式2且不跳频。第一信息指示第一BWP的位置 信息。第一信令的指示内容可以是BWP的位置偏移信息,也可以是BWP ID信息,也可 以是BWP的位置信息。具体的根据第一信令确定资源的方法如前所述,这里不再赘述。For example, the sixth information indicates mode 2, or mode 2 without frequency hopping. The first information indicates location information of the first BWP. The indication content of the first signaling may be the location offset information of the BWP, may also be the BWP ID information, or may be the location information of the BWP. The specific method for determining the resource according to the first signaling is as described above, and details are not repeated here.

如,第六信息指示为方式3,或为方式3且不跳频。第一信息指示BWP的标识ID信息。具体的根据第一信令确定资源的方法如前所述,这里不再赘述。For example, the sixth information indicates mode 3, or mode 3 without frequency hopping. The first information indicates identification ID information of the BWP. The specific method for determining the resource according to the first signaling is as described above, and details are not repeated here.

如,第六信息指示为方式2且在BWP内跳频。第一信息指示第一BWP的位置信息 和第一频率偏移信息。For example, the sixth information indicates mode 2 and frequency hopping within the BWP. The first information indicates location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP.

如,第六信息指示为方式3且在BWP内跳频。第一信息指示第二BWP的ID信息和 第一频率偏移信息。For example, the sixth information indicates mode 3 and frequency hopping within the BWP. The first information indicates ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP.

如,第六信息指示为不跳频。第一信令不存在,或第一信息字段用于指示其他信息。 例如,其他信息为频域资源分配信息。For example, the sixth information indicates no frequency hopping. The first signaling does not exist, or the first information field is used to indicate other information. For example, the other information is frequency domain resource allocation information.

如,第六信息指示传输的方式为不频率调谐。则第一信息能够指示BWP内的跳频偏移、不跳频中的至少一种。如,第一信息的K1个比特状态或K1个索引对应于BWP内跳 频偏移值。如第一信息的1个比特状态或1个索引对应于不跳频。如,第一信息包括2个 比特,且第六信息指示传输的方式为不频率调谐。第一信息的3个比特状态对应BWP内 跳频时的3个跳频偏移值。第一信令的1个比特状态对应不跳频。For example, the sixth information indicates that the transmission mode is not frequency tuning. Then the first information can indicate at least one of frequency hopping offset and non-frequency hopping in the BWP. For example, K1 bit states or K1 indices of the first information correspond to intra-BWP frequency hopping offset values. For example, 1 bit state or 1 index of the first information corresponds to no frequency hopping. For example, the first information includes 2 bits, and the sixth information indicates that the transmission mode is not frequency tuning. The three bit states of the first information correspond to three frequency hopping offset values during frequency hopping in the BWP. One bit state of the first signaling corresponds to no frequency hopping.

如,第六信息指示传输的方式为方式1。则第一信令能够指示BWP外的跳频偏移、不跳频中的至少一种。如,第一信息的K1个比特状态或K1个索引对应于BWP外跳频偏 移值。如第一信息的1个比特状态或1个索引对应于不跳频。如,第一信息包括2个比特, 且第六信息指示传输的方式为不频率调谐。第一信息的3个比特状态对应BWP外跳频时 的3个跳频偏移值。第一信令的1个比特状态对应不跳频。For example, the sixth information indicates that the transmission mode is mode 1. Then, the first signaling can indicate at least one of frequency hopping offset and no frequency hopping outside the BWP. For example, K1 bit states or K1 indices of the first information correspond to BWP out-of-hop frequency offset values. For example, 1 bit state or 1 index of the first information corresponds to no frequency hopping. For example, the first information includes 2 bits, and the sixth information indicates that the transmission mode is not frequency tuning. The three bit states of the first information correspond to the three frequency hopping offset values when the frequency is hopping outside the BWP. One bit state of the first signaling corresponds to no frequency hopping.

本申请实施例中,第六信息指示传输的方式信息,第一信令指示频域资源切换信息。 不同的传输的方式对应的频域资源切换信息可以是相同,也可以是不同。即对第一信令的 解读可以认为是指示了相同的偏移参数,也可以是对应了不同的偏移参数。也就是说本申 请中,第六信息指示传输的方式为方式1或方式2或方式3时,第一信令可以通过{第二偏移信息,BWP位置信息,BWP ID}分别对应这3种方式,第一信令也可以通过{BWP 位置信息,BWP位置信息,BWP ID}分别对应这3种方式,第一信令也可以通过{BWP ID, BWP位置信息,BWP ID}分别指示这3种方式,第一信令也可以通过{BWP ID,BWP ID,BWP ID}分别指示这3种方式。下面针对各种情况分别进行描述。In the embodiment of the present application, the sixth information indicates transmission mode information, and the first signaling indicates frequency domain resource switching information. The frequency domain resource switching information corresponding to different transmission modes may be the same or different. That is, the interpretation of the first signaling may be regarded as indicating the same offset parameter, or may correspond to different offset parameters. That is to say, in this application, when the sixth information indicates that the transmission mode is Mode 1, Mode 2, or Mode 3, the first signaling can use {second offset information, BWP location information, BWP ID} to correspond to these three types respectively. The first signaling can also use {BWP location information, BWP location information, BWP ID} to correspond to these three ways, and the first signaling can also use {BWP ID, BWP location information, BWP ID} to indicate these three ways respectively. The first signaling can also indicate these three ways through {BWP ID, BWP ID, BWP ID} respectively. The following describes each case separately.

情况一:不同的传输的方式下,第二信令指示不同的偏移参数。Case 1: In different transmission modes, the second signaling indicates different offset parameters.

在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备应用方式1进行信息传输时,对应的偏移信息为 第二偏移信息。其中,第二偏移信息可以是网络设备预先配置的。第二偏移信息是跳频偏 移信息,终端设备应用该跳频偏移信息时,需要调谐。跳频偏移信息是两跳之间的频率偏 移RB数量。跳频偏移信息最多包括X1个候选偏移值,或最多包括X1个候选偏移RB数。 其中,X1为正整数。例如,X1=4。例如,X1=2。In a possible implementation manner, when the terminal device uses Mode 1 to transmit information, the corresponding offset information is the second offset information. The second offset information may be pre-configured by the network device. The second offset information is frequency hopping offset information, and when the terminal device applies the frequency hopping offset information, it needs to be tuned. The frequency hopping offset information is the number of frequency offset RBs between two hops. The frequency hopping offset information includes at most X1 candidate offset values, or at most X1 candidate offset RB numbers. Among them, X1 is a positive integer. For example, X1=4. For example, X1=2.

终端设备应用方式2进行信息传输时,对应的偏移信息为BWP位置信息。其中,BWP位置信息可以是网络设备预先配置的。BWP位置信息是调谐后BWP的起始位置。BWP 位置信息可以最多包括BWP的X2个候选起始位置,或最多包括BWP的X2个候选起始 RB序号。其中,X2为正整数。例如,X2=4。例如,X2=2。When the terminal device uses Mode 2 to transmit information, the corresponding offset information is BWP location information. The BWP location information may be pre-configured by the network device. The BWP position information is the starting position of the BWP after tuning. The BWP location information may include at most X2 candidate starting locations of the BWP, or at most X2 candidate starting RB sequence numbers of the BWP. Among them, X2 is a positive integer. For example, X2=4. For example, X2=2.

终端设备应用方式3进行信息传输时,对应的偏移信息为BWP ID。其中,BWP ID 可以是网络设备预先配置的。网络设备可以为终端设备配置最多X3个BWP。每个BWP 配置了对应的BWP ID、BWP起始位置、子载波间隔、带宽等。不同BWP的配置参数可 以相同,也可以不同。不同BWP通过不同的BWP ID进行标识。终端设备应用新的BWP ID对应的BWP时,需要更新BWP的所有RRC参数。其中,X3为正整数。例如,X3=4。 例如,X3=2。When the terminal device uses Mode 3 to transmit information, the corresponding offset information is the BWP ID. The BWP ID may be pre-configured by the network device. Network devices can configure up to X3 BWPs for end devices. Each BWP is configured with a corresponding BWP ID, BWP starting position, subcarrier spacing, bandwidth, and the like. The configuration parameters of different BWPs can be the same or different. Different BWPs are identified by different BWP IDs. When the terminal device applies the BWP corresponding to the new BWP ID, all RRC parameters of the BWP need to be updated. Among them, X3 is a positive integer. For example, X3=4. For example, X3=2.

情况二:不同的传输的方式下,第二信令指示相同的偏移参数。Case 2: In different transmission modes, the second signaling indicates the same offset parameter.

本实施中,假设第二信令指示的都是BWP ID。此时,第一信令指示传输方式为方式1,对应的偏移信息为BWP ID对应的信息。第一信令指示传输方式为方式2,对应的偏移 信息为BWP ID对应的信息。第一信令指示传输方式为第三传输方式,对应的偏移信息为 BWPID对应的信息。BWP ID对应的信息为BWP ID对应的BWP的位置信息,或为BWP 的位置信息,或为BWP的默认位置信息,或为BWP的附加位置信息。In this implementation, it is assumed that all the second signaling indicates the BWP ID. At this time, the first signaling indicates that the transmission mode is mode 1, and the corresponding offset information is information corresponding to the BWP ID. The first signaling indicates that the transmission mode is mode 2, and the corresponding offset information is information corresponding to the BWP ID. The first signaling indicates that the transmission mode is the third transmission mode, and the corresponding offset information is information corresponding to the BWPID. The information corresponding to the BWP ID is the location information of the BWP corresponding to the BWP ID, or the location information of the BWP, or the default location information of the BWP, or the additional location information of the BWP.

但是,不同在于,终端设备应用方式1进行信息传输时,终端设备应用BWP ID对应的BWP位置作为频率偏移。例如,BWP ID对应的BWP起始RB序号为100,终端设备 跳频时的第fn跳相对于前一跳的频率偏移为100RB。其中,fn为正整数。fn可以是网络 设备配置的。However, the difference lies in that, when the terminal device uses Mode 1 to transmit information, the terminal device uses the BWP position corresponding to the BWP ID as the frequency offset. For example, the BWP starting RB sequence number corresponding to the BWP ID is 100, and the frequency offset of the fnth hop relative to the previous hop when the terminal equipment hops is 100 RB. where fn is a positive integer. fn can be configured by a network device.

终端设备应用方式2进行信息传输时,终端设备只更新BWP ID对应的BWP位置。BWP ID对应的其他参数不做更新。其他参数包括子载波间隔、带宽、DMRS位中的至少 一项。When the terminal device uses Mode 2 to transmit information, the terminal device only updates the BWP location corresponding to the BWP ID. Other parameters corresponding to the BWP ID are not updated. Other parameters include at least one of subcarrier spacing, bandwidth, and DMRS bits.

终端设备应用方式3进行信息传输时,终端设备更新BWP ID对应的BWP位置。同 时更新BWP ID对应的所有参数。When the terminal device uses Mode 3 to transmit information, the terminal device updates the BWP location corresponding to the BWP ID. At the same time, all parameters corresponding to the BWP ID are updated.

情况三:不同传输方式下,第二信令指示的偏移参数有的相同,有的不同。Case 3: In different transmission modes, some of the offset parameters indicated by the second signaling are the same, and some are different.

例如,网络设备配置第二偏移信息和至少一个BWP。For example, the network device configures the second offset information and at least one BWP.

终端设备应用方式1进行信息传输时,对应的偏移信息可以为第二偏移信息。其中, 第二偏移信息可以是网络设备预先配置的。第二偏移信息是跳频偏移信息,终端设备应用 该跳频偏移信息时,需要调谐。跳频偏移信息是两跳之间的频率偏移RB数量。跳频偏移 信息最多包括X1个候选偏移值,或最多包括X1个候选偏移RB数。其中,X1为正整数。 例如,X1=4。例如,X1=2。When the terminal device uses Mode 1 to transmit information, the corresponding offset information may be the second offset information. The second offset information may be pre-configured by the network device. The second offset information is frequency hopping offset information, and when the terminal device applies the frequency hopping offset information, it needs to tune. The frequency hopping offset information is the number of frequency offset RBs between two hops. The frequency hopping offset information includes at most X1 candidate offset values, or at most X1 candidate offset RB numbers. Among them, X1 is a positive integer. For example, X1=4. For example, X1=2.

终端设备应用方式2进行信息传输时,对应的BWP位置信息可以为BWP ID对应的信息。此时,终端设备可以只更新BWP ID对应的BWP位置。BWP ID对应的其他参数 不做更新。其他参数包括子载波间隔、带宽、DMRS位中的至少一项。网络设备最多可以 为终端设备配置X3个BWP。其中,X3为正整数。例如,X3=4。例如,X3=2。When the terminal device uses Mode 2 to transmit information, the corresponding BWP location information may be information corresponding to the BWP ID. At this time, the terminal device may only update the BWP location corresponding to the BWP ID. Other parameters corresponding to BWP ID are not updated. Other parameters include at least one of subcarrier spacing, bandwidth, and DMRS bits. The network device can configure up to X3 BWPs for the terminal device. Among them, X3 is a positive integer. For example, X3=4. For example, X3=2.

终端设备应用方式3进行信息传输时,对应的偏移信息也可以为BWP ID。此时,终端设备更新BWP ID对应的BWP位置。同时更新BWP ID对应的所有参数。例如,网络 设备最多可以为终端设备配置X3个BWP。终端设备应用新的BWP ID对应的BWP时, 需要更新BWP的所有RRC参数。其中,X3为正整数。例如,X3=4。例如,X3=2。When the terminal device uses Mode 3 to transmit information, the corresponding offset information may also be the BWP ID. At this time, the terminal device updates the BWP location corresponding to the BWP ID. At the same time, all parameters corresponding to the BWP ID are updated. For example, a network device can configure a maximum of X3 BWPs for an end device. When the terminal device applies the BWP corresponding to the new BWP ID, all RRC parameters of the BWP need to be updated. Among them, X3 is a positive integer. For example, X3=4. For example, X3=2.

例如,网络设备配置至少一个BWP,每个BWP配置至少一个位置。For example, the network device is configured with at least one BWP, and each BWP is configured with at least one location.

终端设备应用方式1进行信息传输时,对应的偏移信息可以为BWP ID对应的信息。例如,终端设备应用BWP ID对应的BWP位置作为频率偏移。例如,BWP ID对应的BWP 起始RB序号为100,终端设备跳频时的第fn跳相对于前一跳的频率偏移为100RB。其中, fn为正整数。fn可以是网络设备配置的。When the terminal device uses Mode 1 to transmit information, the corresponding offset information may be information corresponding to the BWP ID. For example, the terminal device uses the BWP position corresponding to the BWP ID as the frequency offset. For example, the BWP starting RB sequence number corresponding to the BWP ID is 100, and the frequency offset of the fnth hop relative to the previous hop when the terminal equipment hops is 100 RB. where fn is a positive integer. fn can be configured by a network device.

终端设备应用方式2进行信息传输时,对应的偏移信息为BWP位置信息。其中,BWP位置信息可以是网络设备预先配置的。BWP位置信息是调谐后BWP的起始位置。BWP 位置信息可以最多包括BWP的X2个候选起始位置,或最多包括BWP的X2个候选起始 RB序号。其中,X2为正整数。例如,X2=4。例如,X2=2。When the terminal device uses Mode 2 to transmit information, the corresponding offset information is BWP location information. The BWP location information may be pre-configured by the network device. The BWP position information is the starting position of the BWP after tuning. The BWP location information may include at most X2 candidate starting locations of the BWP, or at most X2 candidate starting RB sequence numbers of the BWP. Among them, X2 is a positive integer. For example, X2=4. For example, X2=2.

终端设备应用方式3进行信息传输时,对应的偏移信息为BWP ID。其中,BWP ID 可以是网络设备预先配置的。网络设备可以为终端设备配置最多X3个BWP。终端设备应 用新的BWP ID对应的BWP时,需要更新BWP的所有RRC参数。其中,X3为正整数。 例如,X3=4。例如,X3=2。When the terminal device uses Mode 3 to transmit information, the corresponding offset information is the BWP ID. The BWP ID may be pre-configured by the network device. Network devices can configure up to X3 BWPs for end devices. When the terminal device applies the BWP corresponding to the new BWP ID, it needs to update all the RRC parameters of the BWP. Among them, X3 is a positive integer. For example, X3=4. For example, X3=2.

例如,网络设备配置至少一个BWP,每个BWP配置至少一个位置。For example, the network device is configured with at least one BWP, and each BWP is configured with at least one location.

终端设备应用方式1进行信息传输时,对应的偏移信息可以为BWP位置信息。例如,终端设备应用BWP位置信息作为频率偏移信息。例如,BWP第一附加位置的RB序号为 100,终端设备跳频时的第fn跳相对于前一跳的频率偏移为100RB。其中,fn为正整数。When the terminal device uses Mode 1 to transmit information, the corresponding offset information may be BWP location information. For example, the terminal device applies BWP location information as frequency offset information. For example, the RB sequence number of the first additional location of the BWP is 100, and the frequency offset of the fnth hop relative to the previous hop when the terminal equipment hops is 100 RB. where fn is a positive integer.

终端设备应用方式2进行信息传输时,对应的偏移信息为BWP位置信息。其中,BWP位置信息可以是网络设备预先配置的。BWP位置信息是调谐后BWP的起始位置。BWP 位置信息可以最多包括BWP的X2个候选起始位置,或最多包括BWP的X2个候选起始 RB序号。其中,X2为正整数。例如,X2=4。例如,X2=2。When the terminal device uses Mode 2 to transmit information, the corresponding offset information is BWP location information. The BWP location information may be pre-configured by the network device. The BWP position information is the starting position of the BWP after tuning. The BWP location information may include at most X2 candidate starting locations of the BWP, or at most X2 candidate starting RB sequence numbers of the BWP. Among them, X2 is a positive integer. For example, X2=4. For example, X2=2.

终端设备应用方式3进行信息传输时,对应的偏移信息为BWP ID。其中,BWP ID 可以是网络设备预先配置的。网络设备可以为终端设备配置最多X3个BWP。终端设备应 用新的BWP ID对应的BWP时,需要更新BWP的所有RRC参数。其中,X3为正整数。 例如,X3=4。例如,X3=2。When the terminal device uses Mode 3 to transmit information, the corresponding offset information is the BWP ID. The BWP ID may be pre-configured by the network device. Network devices can configure up to X3 BWPs for end devices. When the terminal device applies the BWP corresponding to the new BWP ID, it needs to update all the RRC parameters of the BWP. Among them, X3 is a positive integer. For example, X3=4. For example, X3=2.

本申请中,第一信令指示信息传输的方式,第一信令还可以指示频域资源切换信息。 此时,可以实现联合指示,即将传输的方式和各个传输的方式对应的频域资源切换信息联 合指示。In this application, the first signaling indicates the manner of information transmission, and the first signaling may also indicate frequency domain resource switching information. At this time, a joint indication can be implemented, that is, a joint indication of the mode to be transmitted and the frequency domain resource switching information corresponding to each transmission mode.

在一种可能的实现方式中,第一信令能够指示以下至少一项:方式1和第二频率偏移 信息;方式2和第一BWP的位置信息;方式3和第二BWP的ID信息;方式2且BWP 内跳频和{第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息};方式3且且BWP内跳频和{第二 BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息};BWP内跳频和第一频率偏移信息;不跳频;不调 谐。In a possible implementation manner, the first signaling can indicate at least one of the following: mode 1 and second frequency offset information; mode 2 and location information of the first BWP; mode 3 and ID information of the second BWP; Mode 2 and intra-BWP frequency hopping and {location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP}; Mode 3 and intra-BWP frequency hopping and {ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP}; BWP Internal frequency hopping and first frequency offset information; no frequency hopping; no tuning.

例如,网络设备配置参数包括:N个BWP起始位置,M个BWP ID,X个用于BWP 内跳频的第一跳频偏移值(FH offset),Y个用于BWP外跳频的第二跳频偏移。例如, 第一信令指示方式1的Y个第二跳频偏移需要Y个比特状态。第一信令指示方式2的N 个BWP起始位置需要N个状态或(N-1)个比特状态。其中,N为基站配置的BWP位置数 量,(N-1)为可改变(新)的BWP位置数量。第一信令指示方式3的BWP ID信息需要(M-1) 个状态或M个比特状态。其中,M为基站配置的BWP ID数量,(M-1)为可改变(新)的 BWP ID数量。如前所述,本申请中终端设备还可以支持方式2且跳频,则第一信令的指 示需要X*N个比特状态或X*(N-1)个比特状态。本申请中终端设备还可以同时支持方式3 且跳频,第一信令的指示需要X*(M-1)个比特状态或X*M个比特状态。第一信令指示不 跳频需要1个比特状态。例如,N=3,X=4,M=4,Y=2。因此,如表1所示,可以用5 比特可进行指示本申请实施例中第一信令指示的各种传输的方式及其对应的频域资源切 换参数。For example, the network device configuration parameters include: N BWP start positions, M BWP IDs, X first frequency hopping offset values (FH offsets) for frequency hopping within BWP, and Y for frequency hopping outside BWP The second frequency hopping offset. For example, the first signaling indicates that Y second frequency hopping offsets in mode 1 require Y bit states. The first signaling indicates that the N BWP starting positions of Mode 2 require N states or (N-1) bit states. Among them, N is the number of BWP locations configured by the base station, and (N-1) is the number of BWP locations that can be changed (new). The first signaling indicates that the BWP ID information of Mode 3 requires (M-1) states or M bit states. Among them, M is the number of BWP IDs configured by the base station, and (M-1) is the number of changeable (new) BWP IDs. As mentioned above, in this application, the terminal device can also support mode 2 and frequency hopping, and the indication of the first signaling requires X*N bit states or X*(N-1) bit states. In this application, the terminal device may also support mode 3 and frequency hopping at the same time, and the indication of the first signaling requires X*(M-1) bit states or X*M bit states. The first signaling indicates that no frequency hopping requires 1 bit state. For example, N=3, X=4, M=4, Y=2. Therefore, as shown in Table 1, 5 bits can be used to indicate various transmission modes indicated by the first signaling in the embodiment of the present application and their corresponding frequency domain resource switching parameters.

表1.不同状态位指示不同的含义Table 1. Different status bits indicate different meanings

Figure BDA0002977440080000231
Figure BDA0002977440080000231

Figure BDA0002977440080000241
Figure BDA0002977440080000241

Figure BDA0002977440080000251
Figure BDA0002977440080000251

需要说明的是,表1中的各个状态位及其对应的指示内容仅仅是示意性的,不做限定。It should be noted that each status bit in Table 1 and its corresponding indication content are only illustrative and not limited.

例如,网络设备配置的参数包括:N个BWP起始位置,M个BWP ID,X个用于BWP 内跳频的第一跳频偏移值(FH offset)。例如,第一信令指示方式2的N个BWP起始位 置需要N个状态或(N-1)个比特状态。第一信令指示方式3的BWP ID需要(M-1)个状态或 M个比特状态。终端设备应用方式1进行信息传输时,对应的偏移信息可以为BWP位置 信息。则第一信令指示方式1的N个BWP外的跳频偏移需要N个比特状态。如前所述, 本申请中终端设备还可以支持方式2且跳频,则第一信令的指示需要X*N个比特状态或 X*(N-1)个比特状态。本申请中终端设备还可以同时支持方式3且跳频,第一信令的指示 需要X*(M-1)个比特状态或X*M个比特状态。第一信令指示不跳频需要1个比特状态。 如前所述,本申请中终端设备还可以支持方式2且跳频,则第一信令的指示需要X*N个 比特状态或X*(N-1)个比特状态。本申请中终端设备还可以同时支持方式3且跳频,第一 信令的指示需要X*(M-1)个比特状态或X*M个比特状态。第一信令指示不跳频需要1个 比特状态。例如,假设N=2,X=4,M=4,共计需要2+2+3+4*3+4*2+1=28。因此,如表2 所示,可以用5比特可进行指示本申请实施例中第一信令指示的各种传输的方式及其对应 的偏移参数。其中,状态“11110”和状态“11111”对应的传输的方式是方式1,跳频偏 移通过BWP位置来确定。For example, the parameters configured by the network device include: N BWP starting positions, M BWP IDs, and X first frequency hopping offset values (FH offset) for frequency hopping within the BWP. For example, the first signaling indicates that N BWP starting positions of Mode 2 require N states or (N-1) bit states. The first signaling indicates that the BWP ID of Mode 3 requires (M-1) states or M bit states. When the terminal device uses Mode 1 for information transmission, the corresponding offset information may be BWP location information. Then, the first signaling indicates that the frequency hopping offset outside the N BWPs in mode 1 requires N bit states. As mentioned above, the terminal device in this application may also support mode 2 and frequency hopping, and the indication of the first signaling requires X*N bit states or X*(N-1) bit states. In this application, the terminal device can also support mode 3 and frequency hopping at the same time, and the indication of the first signaling requires X*(M-1) bit states or X*M bit states. The first signaling indicates that no frequency hopping requires 1 bit state. As mentioned above, the terminal device in this application may also support mode 2 and frequency hopping, and the indication of the first signaling requires X*N bit states or X*(N-1) bit states. In this application, the terminal device can also support mode 3 and frequency hopping at the same time, and the indication of the first signaling requires X*(M-1) bit states or X*M bit states. The first signaling indicates that no frequency hopping requires 1 bit status. For example, assuming N=2, X=4, M=4, a total of 2+2+3+4*3+4*2+1=28 is required. Therefore, as shown in Table 2, 5 bits may be used to indicate various transmission modes indicated by the first signaling in the embodiment of the present application and their corresponding offset parameters. Among them, the transmission mode corresponding to the state "11110" and the state "11111" is mode 1, and the frequency hopping offset is determined by the BWP position.

表2.不同状态位指示不同的含义Table 2. Different status bits indicate different meanings

Figure BDA0002977440080000252
Figure BDA0002977440080000252

Figure BDA0002977440080000261
Figure BDA0002977440080000261

需要说明的是,表2中的各个状态位及其对应的指示内容仅仅是示意性的,不做限定。It should be noted that, the status bits in Table 2 and their corresponding indication contents are only illustrative and not limited.

例如,网络设备配置参数包括:M个BWP ID,X个用于BWP内跳频的第一跳频偏 移值(FH offset),Y个用于BWP外跳频的第二跳频偏移。例如,第一信令指示方式1 的Y个第二跳频偏移需要Y个比特状态。第一信令指示方式3的BWP ID需要(M-1)个状 态或M个比特状态。终端设备应用方式2进行信息传输时,对应的BWP位置可以为BWP ID对应的信息。则第一信令指示方式2的M个BWP位置需要M个比特状态。如前所述, 本申请中终端设备还可以支持方式2且跳频,则第一信令的指示需要X*M个比特状态或 X*(M-1)个比特状态。本申请中终端设备还可以同时支持方式3且跳频,第一信令的指 示需要X*(M-1)个比特状态或X*M个比特状态。第一信令指示不跳频需要1个比特状态。 例如,假设X=4,M=4,Y=2,共计需要2+3+3+4*3+4*3=32。因此,如表3所示,可以用5 比特可进行指示本申请实施例中第一信令指示的各种传输的方式及其对应的偏移参数。其 中,状态“00010”对应的传输的方式是方式2,BWP位置根据BWP ID对应的位置来确 定。For example, the network device configuration parameters include: M BWP IDs, X first frequency hopping offsets (FH offsets) for frequency hopping within the BWP, and Y second frequency hopping offsets for frequency hopping outside the BWP. For example, the first signaling indicates that Y second frequency hopping offsets in Mode 1 require Y bit states. The first signaling indicates that the BWP ID of mode 3 requires (M-1) states or M bit states. When the terminal device uses Mode 2 to transmit information, the corresponding BWP location may be the information corresponding to the BWP ID. Then the first signaling indicates that the M BWP positions of Mode 2 require M bit states. As mentioned above, the terminal device in this application may also support mode 2 and frequency hopping, and the indication of the first signaling requires X*M bit states or X*(M-1) bit states. In this application, the terminal device can also support mode 3 and frequency hopping at the same time, and the indication of the first signaling requires X*(M-1) bit states or X*M bit states. The first signaling indicates that no frequency hopping requires 1 bit state. For example, assuming X=4, M=4, Y=2, a total of 2+3+3+4*3+4*3=32 is required. Therefore, as shown in Table 3, 5 bits may be used to indicate various transmission modes and corresponding offset parameters indicated by the first signaling in the embodiment of the present application. Among them, the transmission mode corresponding to the state "00010" is mode 2, and the BWP position is determined according to the position corresponding to the BWP ID.

表3.不同状态位指示不同的含义Table 3. Different status bits indicate different meanings

Figure BDA0002977440080000271
Figure BDA0002977440080000271

Figure BDA0002977440080000281
Figure BDA0002977440080000281

需要说明的是,表3中的各个状态位及其对应的指示内容仅仅是示意性的,不做限定。It should be noted that, each status bit in Table 3 and its corresponding indication content are only illustrative and not limited.

根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,网络设备可以灵活在多种传输改变方式中灵活指 示,以获取频域分集增益、网络负载均衡。进一步的,根据本申请所设计的指示的方法, 可以节省信令开销。According to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the network device can flexibly indicate in multiple transmission change modes, so as to obtain frequency domain diversity gain and network load balance. Further, according to the indication method designed in this application, signaling overhead can be saved.

图4是本申请通信方法400的示意性框图,图4所示的方法包括S401至S403。下面详细描述每个步骤。FIG. 4 is a schematic block diagram of the communication method 400 of the present application, and the method shown in FIG. 4 includes S401 to S403. Each step is described in detail below.

例如,网络设备配置的BWP ID个数为N1。方式1的候选位置个数为N2。方式2的 候选位置个数为N3。BWP内跳频的偏移值个数为N4。其中,N1、N2、N3和N4均为 大于0的整数。For example, the number of BWP IDs configured on the network device is N1. The number of candidate positions in Mode 1 is N2. The number of candidate positions in Mode 2 is N3. The number of offset values for frequency hopping in the BWP is N4. Among them, N1, N2, N3 and N4 are all integers greater than 0.

步骤S401,终端设备获取跳频标识信息。Step S401, the terminal device acquires frequency hopping identification information.

例如,跳频标识信息可以在DCI中指示。跳频标识信息可以是DCI中的一个字段。例如,跳频标识信息可以在RRC信令中指示。跳频标识信息可以是RRC信令中的一个字 段。跳频标识信息指示是否使能跳频。例如,使能(enable);不使能/去使能(disable)。For example, the frequency hopping identification information may be indicated in the DCI. The frequency hopping identification information may be a field in the DCI. For example, the frequency hopping identification information may be indicated in RRC signaling. The frequency hopping identification information may be a field in the RRC signaling. The frequency hopping identification information indicates whether frequency hopping is enabled. For example, enable; disable/disable.

例如,跳频标识信息可以为1比特,也可以为2比特。下面针对这两种情况分别描述其信令设计。For example, the frequency hopping identification information may be 1 bit or 2 bits. The signaling design is described below for these two cases respectively.

情况一:跳频标识信息为1比特。例如,比特状态为“1”可以指示终端设备跳频传输,比特状态为“0”可以指示终端设备不进行跳频传输。跳频标识信息指示使能跳频时, 可以指示使能BWP内跳频、BWP间跳频(或者说BWP外跳频)、时隙内跳频或时隙间 跳频中的至少一种。Case 1: The frequency hopping identification information is 1 bit. For example, a bit status of "1" may indicate that the terminal equipment performs frequency hopping transmission, and a bit status of "0" may indicate that the terminal equipment does not perform frequency hopping transmission. When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping is enabled, it may indicate to enable at least one of intra-BWP frequency hopping, inter-BWP frequency hopping (or outside BWP frequency hopping), intra-slot frequency hopping or inter-slot frequency hopping.

步骤S402,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信令。Step S402, the network device sends the first signaling to the terminal device.

步骤S403,终端设备在第一BWP的频率范围内接收第一信令,确定传输的方式信息。Step S403, the terminal device receives the first signaling within the frequency range of the first BWP, and determines the transmission mode information.

进一步的,终端设备可以根据第一信令的指示进行通信。Further, the terminal device may communicate according to the indication of the first signaling.

需要说明的是,上述步骤可以是分开的,也可以是一起执行的。也就是说,跳频标识 信息和传输信息的方式可以是在一个消息,例如DCI中,也可以是在不同的消息中。It should be noted that the above steps may be performed separately or together. That is, the frequency hopping identification information and the manner of transmitting the information may be in one message, such as DCI, or may be in different messages.

终端设备可以在第一BWP的频率范围内接收第一信令,确定传输的方式,并根据确定的传输的方式进行通信。The terminal device may receive the first signaling within the frequency range of the first BWP, determine the transmission mode, and communicate according to the determined transmission mode.

在一种可能的实现方式中,跳频标识信息指示不使能跳频时:In a possible implementation manner, when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping is not enabled:

例如,第一信令能够指示以下至少一项:{第一BWP的位置信息};{第二BWP的ID 信息};不跳频。如,第一信令指示第一BWP的位置信息时,根据第一BWP的位置信息 确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式2进行信息传输。如,第一信令指示第二BWP 的ID信息时,根据第二BWP的ID信息确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式3进行 信息传输。如,第一信令指示不跳频,终端设备在第一BWP内进行信息传输。For example, the first signaling can indicate at least one of the following: {location information of the first BWP}; {ID information of the second BWP}; no frequency hopping. For example, when the first signaling indicates the location information of the first BWP, the BWP resource is determined according to the location information of the first BWP. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 2. For example, when the first signaling indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the BWP resource is determined according to the ID information of the second BWP. The information is transmitted according to Mode 3 on the BWP resource. For example, the first signaling indicates no frequency hopping, and the terminal device performs information transmission in the first BWP.

在一种可能的实现方式中,跳频标识信息指示使能跳频时:In a possible implementation manner, when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping is enabled:

第一信令能够指示以下至少一项:{第一BWP的位置信息};{第二BWP的ID信息};{第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息};{第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信 息};第二频率偏移信息。终端设备根据第一信令确定资源切换位置,并进行信息传输。 信息传输的方式可以是第六信息指示的,也可以是第一信令指示的。如前示例中所述,这 里不再赘述。The first signaling can indicate at least one of the following: {location information of the first BWP}; {ID information of the second BWP}; {location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP}; {the location information of the second BWP} ID information and first frequency offset information}; second frequency offset information. The terminal device determines the resource switching position according to the first signaling, and performs information transmission. The information transmission mode may be indicated by the sixth information, or may be indicated by the first signaling. As described in the previous example, it will not be repeated here.

示例1,网络设备预先配置了每种传输的方式对应的信息。例如,配置了BWP ID列表信息、配置了BWP位置信息,配置了第一偏移信息,配置了第二偏移信息。Example 1, the network device pre-configures information corresponding to each transmission mode. For example, BWP ID list information, BWP location information, first offset information, and second offset information are configured.

例如,根据第二偏移信息确定方式1的N2个候选位置。例如,根据BWP的位置信 息确定方式2的N3个候选位置。例如,根据第一偏移信息确定BWP内跳频的N4个偏移 值。例如,根据BWP ID列表信息确定了(N1-1)个第二BWP,或N1个第二BWP。例如, 网络设备配置的BWPID个数为N1,第二BWP ID个数为(N1-1)。因为如果指示的BWP ID 和当前使用的BWP ID相同,则认为不是第二BWP(新的BWP),不需要做BWP切换。For example, N2 candidate positions of Mode 1 are determined according to the second offset information. For example, N3 candidate positions in mode 2 are determined according to the position information of the BWP. For example, N4 offset values for frequency hopping within the BWP are determined according to the first offset information. For example, (N1-1) second BWPs, or N1 second BWPs, are determined according to the BWP ID list information. For example, the number of BWPIDs configured by the network device is N1, and the number of second BWP IDs is (N1-1). Because if the indicated BWP ID is the same as the currently used BWP ID, it is considered that it is not the second BWP (new BWP), and no BWP switching is required.

例如,所述跳频标识信息不使能跳频时,第一信令能够指示的状态包括以下至少一种: N1个BWP ID信息,N3个BWP位置信息,至少一个预留状态。或者,第一信令能够指 示的状态包括以下至少一种:(N1-1)个BWP ID信息,N3个BWP位置信息,至少一个预 留状态。或者,第一信令能够指示的状态包括以下至少一项:N1个BWP ID信息,N3-1) 个BWP位置信息,至少一个预留状态。For example, when the frequency hopping identification information does not enable frequency hopping, the states that can be indicated by the first signaling include at least one of the following: N1 pieces of BWP ID information, N3 pieces of BWP location information, and at least one reserved state. Alternatively, the states that can be indicated by the first signaling include at least one of the following: (N1-1) pieces of BWP ID information, N3 pieces of BWP location information, and at least one reserved state. Alternatively, the states that can be indicated by the first signaling include at least one of the following: N1 pieces of BWP ID information, N3-1) pieces of BWP location information, and at least one reserved state.

如,第一信令的指示状态对应为N1或(N1-1)个BWP ID信息中的其中一个状态时,终端设备根据第一信令指示的BWP的ID信息确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式 3进行信息传输。For example, when the indication state of the first signaling corresponds to one of N1 or (N1-1) pieces of BWP ID information, the terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the ID information of the BWP indicated by the first signaling. The information is transmitted according to Mode 3 on the BWP resource.

如,第一信令的指示状态对应为N3或(N3-1)个BWP位置信息的其中一个状态时,终端设备根据第一信令指示的BWP位置信息确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式2进 行信息传输。For example, when the indication state of the first signaling corresponds to one of N3 or (N3-1) pieces of BWP location information, the terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the BWP location information indicated by the first signaling. Information is transmitted on the BWP resource according to Mode 2.

例如,跳频标识信息指示使能跳频时,第一信令能够指示的状态包括以下至少一项: M1个BWP ID信息和第一偏移信息的组合,M2个BWP位置信息和第一偏移信息的组合,M3个用于BWP外跳频的第二偏移值信息,M4个用于BWP内跳频的第一偏移信息。其 中M1、M2、M3、M4均为大于0的整数。其中,M1=(N1-1)*N4或M1=N1*N4。M2=N2*N4 或M2=(N2-1)*N4。M3=N2。M3=N4。例如,N1=4。例如,N2=4。例如,N3=4。例如, N4=4。For example, when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping is enabled, the states that can be indicated by the first signaling include at least one of the following: a combination of M1 BWP ID information and the first offset information, M2 BWP location information and the first offset information The combination of shift information, M3 pieces of second offset value information for frequency hopping outside the BWP, and M4 pieces of first offset information for frequency hopping within the BWP. M1, M2, M3, and M4 are all integers greater than 0. Wherein, M1=(N1-1)*N4 or M1=N1*N4. M2=N2*N4 or M2=(N2-1)*N4. M3=N2. M3=N4. For example, N1=4. For example, N2=4. For example, N3=4. For example, N4=4.

如,第一信令的指示状态对应为M1个第一类状态中的其中一个时,终端设备根据第 一信令指示的BWP的ID信息确定BWP资源。终端设备根据第一频率偏移信息确定BWP 内跳频的偏移值。在BWP资源上按照方式3进行信息传输,且在BWP内跳频。例如, 第一类状态为BWP ID信息和第一偏移信息的组合。For example, when the indication state of the first signaling corresponds to one of the M1 first-type states, the terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the ID information of the BWP indicated by the first signaling. The terminal device determines the offset value of frequency hopping within the BWP according to the first frequency offset information. Information transmission is performed on BWP resources according to mode 3, and frequency hopping is performed within the BWP. For example, the first type of state is a combination of BWP ID information and first offset information.

如,第一信令的指示状态对应为M2个第二类状态中的其中一个时,终端设备根据第 一信令指示的BWP位置信息确定BWP资源。终端设备根据第一频率偏移信息确定BWP 内跳频的偏移值。在BWP资源上按照方式2进行信息传输,且在BWP内跳频。例如, 第二类状态为BWP位置信息和第一偏移信息的组合。For example, when the indication state of the first signaling corresponds to one of M2 second type states, the terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the BWP location information indicated by the first signaling. The terminal device determines the offset value of frequency hopping within the BWP according to the first frequency offset information. Information transmission is performed on BWP resources according to Mode 2, and frequency hopping is performed within the BWP. For example, the second type of state is a combination of BWP location information and first offset information.

如,第一信令的指示状态对应为M3个BWP外跳频偏移信息状态中的其中一个时,终端设备在根据该偏移信息确定的频域资源上进行跳频传输。For example, when the indication state of the first signaling corresponds to one of the M3 BWP outer frequency hopping offset information states, the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission on the frequency domain resource determined according to the offset information.

如,第一信令的指示状态对应为M4个BWP内跳频偏移信息状态中的其中一个时,终端设备在根据该偏移信息确定的频域资源上进行跳频传输。For example, when the indication state of the first signaling corresponds to one of the M4 intra-BWP frequency hopping offset information states, the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission on the frequency domain resource determined according to the offset information.

具体的,例如,跳频标识信息指示不使能跳频时,第一信令需要3个比特。其中,需要N1-1=3个状态指示新的BWP ID。N3=4个状态指示BWP位置。1个状态为预留状态。Specifically, for example, when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping is not enabled, the first signaling requires 3 bits. Wherein, N1-1=3 states are required to indicate the new BWP ID. N3=4 states indicate the BWP position. 1 state is reserved state.

具体的,例如,跳频标识信息指示使能跳频时,第一信令需要5个比特。其中,M3=N2=4 个状态指示跳频到BWP外的第二偏移信息。M1=(N1-1)*N4=3*4=12个状态指示BWPID 信息和第一偏移信息的组合。M2=N2*N4=4*4=16个状态指示BWP位置信息和第一偏移信息的组合。第一信令可以指示4+12+16=32个状态,包括了跳频传输的各种组合形式。BWP位置信息包括当前的BWP位置和改变后的BWP位置,因而BWP位置信息且在BWP 内跳频,包括了BWP位置不变且在BWP内跳频的情况。Specifically, for example, when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping is enabled, the first signaling requires 5 bits. Wherein, M3=N2=4 states indicate frequency hopping to the second offset information outside the BWP. M1=(N1-1)*N4=3*4=12 states indicate a combination of BWPID information and first offset information. M2=N2*N4=4*4=16 states indicate a combination of BWP location information and first offset information. The first signaling may indicate 4+12+16=32 states, including various combinations of frequency hopping transmission. The BWP location information includes the current BWP location and the changed BWP location, so the BWP location information is frequency hopping within the BWP, including the case where the BWP location remains unchanged and the frequency is hopping within the BWP.

例如,跳频标识指示不使能跳频时,第一信令可以占用3比特a1、a2、a3,频域资源分配字段占用A个比特。跳频标识指示使能跳频时,第一信令可以占用5比特,频域资源 分配字段占用(A-2)个比特。第一信息占用的5比特包括a1、a2、a3,还可以包括频域资 源分配字段中的2个最高比特位(most significant bit,MSB)。这样,可以保证不论跳频 标识指示为何值时,第一信令所在的控制信息包括的总比特数保持不变。并且,在不跳频 时,不需占用频域资源分配资源的比特,保证了频域资源分配的灵活性。在跳频时,占用 频率资源分配字段,虽然对频域资源分配灵活性有一定影响,但可以获得更大范围的资源 调度的灵活性。For example, when the frequency hopping identifier indicates that frequency hopping is not enabled, the first signaling may occupy 3 bits a1, a2, and a3, and the frequency domain resource allocation field occupies A bits. When the frequency hopping identifier indicates that frequency hopping is enabled, the first signaling may occupy 5 bits, and the frequency domain resource allocation field occupies (A-2) bits. The 5 bits occupied by the first information include a1, a2, and a3, and may also include the 2 most significant bits (most significant bits, MSBs) in the frequency domain resource allocation field. In this way, it can be ensured that regardless of the value of the frequency hopping identifier indication, the total number of bits included in the control information where the first signaling is located remains unchanged. In addition, when frequency hopping is not used, it is not necessary to occupy the bits of frequency domain resource allocation resources, which ensures the flexibility of frequency domain resource allocation. During frequency hopping, the frequency resource allocation field is occupied. Although it has a certain impact on the flexibility of frequency domain resource allocation, it can obtain a wider range of resource scheduling flexibility.

示例2,若网络设备配置了BWP切换对应的BWP ID信息,配置了用于BWP位置改 变的BWP位置信息,配置了用于BWP内跳频的第一偏移信息。且BWP外跳频的第二偏 移信息通过BWP位置信息获取。即,终端设备应用BWP位置信息作为BWP外跳频的频 率偏移信息。则在本示例中,N2=N3。Example 2, if the network device is configured with BWP ID information corresponding to BWP handover, configured with BWP location information used for BWP location change, and configured with first offset information used for intra-BWP frequency hopping. And the second offset information of the frequency hopping outside the BWP is obtained through the BWP location information. That is, the terminal device applies the BWP location information as the frequency offset information for frequency hopping outside the BWP. Then in this example, N2=N3.

示例3,若网络设备配置了BWP切换对应的BWP ID信息,配置了用于BWP内跳频 的第一偏移信息。BWP外跳频的第二偏移信息通过BWP ID信息对应的信息获取。BWP 位置信息通过BWP ID对应的信息获取。则在本示例中,N2=N1,N3=N1。Example 3, if the network device is configured with BWP ID information corresponding to BWP handover, the first offset information used for intra-BWP frequency hopping is configured. The second offset information of the frequency hopping outside the BWP is obtained through information corresponding to the BWP ID information. The BWP location information is obtained through the information corresponding to the BWP ID. Then in this example, N2=N1, N3=N1.

类似的,示例4,若网络设备配置了BWP切换对应的BWP ID信息,配置了用于BWP 位置改变的BWP位置信息,配置了用于BWP内跳频的第一偏移信息。BWP外跳频的第 二偏移信息通过BWP ID信息获取。则在本示例中,N2=N1。Similarly, in Example 4, if the network device is configured with BWP ID information corresponding to BWP handover, configured with BWP location information used for BWP location change, and configured with first offset information used for intra-BWP frequency hopping. The second offset information of the frequency hopping outside the BWP is obtained through the BWP ID information. Then in this example, N2=N1.

情况二:跳频标识信息为多个比特时,跳频标识能够指示以下的至少一项:BWP切换且BWP内跳频、方式2且BWP内跳频、BWP切换且BWP内不跳频、方式2且BWP 内不跳频、BWP外跳频、BWP内跳频、不跳频。Case 2: When the frequency hopping identification information is multiple bits, the frequency hopping identification can indicate at least one of the following: BWP handover and frequency hopping within BWP, mode 2 and frequency hopping within BWP, BWP handover and no frequency hopping within BWP, mode 2 and no frequency hopping within the BWP, frequency hopping outside the BWP, frequency hopping within the BWP, and no frequency hopping.

例如,第一信令能够指示的状态包括以下至少一项:M1个BWP ID信息和第一偏移信息的组合,M2个BWP位置信息和第一偏移信息的组合,M3个用于BWP外跳频的第 二偏移值信息,M4个用于BWP内跳频的第一偏移信息,M5个用于不跳频,N1个BWP ID信息,N3个BWP位置信息。其中M1、M2、M3、M4均为大于0的整数。例如, M1=(N1-1)*N4或M1=N1*N4。M2=N2*N4或M2=(N2-1)*N4。M3=N2。M3=N4。M5=N1+N3 或M5=N1+N3-1。例如,假设N1=4。N2=4。N3=4。N4=4。For example, the states that can be indicated by the first signaling include at least one of the following: M1 combinations of BWP ID information and first offset information, M2 combinations of BWP location information and first offset information, and M3 combinations of BWP ID information and first offset information. The second offset value information of frequency hopping, M4 pieces of first offset information for intra-BWP frequency hopping, M5 pieces of information for non-frequency hopping, N1 pieces of BWP ID information, and N3 pieces of BWP location information. M1, M2, M3, and M4 are all integers greater than 0. For example, M1=(N1-1)*N4 or M1=N1*N4. M2=N2*N4 or M2=(N2-1)*N4. M3=N2. M3=N4. M5=N1+N3 or M5=N1+N3-1. For example, assume N1=4. N2=4. N3=4. N4=4.

例如,跳频标识信息可以包括2比特。2比特对应的4个比特状态指示的内容如表4所示。For example, the frequency hopping identification information may include 2 bits. Table 4 shows the contents of the 4-bit state indication corresponding to 2 bits.

表4.不同状态位指示不同的内容Table 4. Different Status Bits Indicate Different Content

比特状态bit status 指示内容Instruction content 0000 BWP切换且BWP内跳频BWP handover and frequency hopping within BWP 0101 方式2且BWP内跳频Mode 2 and frequency hopping within BWP 1010 方式1(或BWP外跳频)Mode 1 (or frequency hopping outside BWP) 1111 不跳频 no frequency hopping

例如,跳频标识信息包括3比特。3比特对应的8个比特状态指示的内容如表5所示。For example, the frequency hopping identification information includes 3 bits. The contents of the 8-bit state indication corresponding to 3 bits are shown in Table 5.

表5.不同状态位指示不同的内容Table 5. Different Status Bits Indicate Different Content

比特状态bit status 指示内容Instruction content 000000 不跳频no frequency hopping 001001 BWP切换(或BWP切换且BWP内不跳频)BWP handover (or BWP handover and no frequency hopping within BWP) 010010 方式2(或方式2且BWP内不跳频)Mode 2 (or Mode 2 and no frequency hopping in BWP) 011011 预留状态reservation status 100100 BWP内跳频Frequency Hopping in BWP 101101 BWP切换且BWP内跳频BWP handover and frequency hopping within BWP 110110 方式2且BWP内跳频Mode 2 and frequency hopping within BWP 111111 方式1(或BWP外跳频) Mode 1 (or frequency hopping outside BWP)

需要说明的是,表4、表5中的各个状态位及其对应的指示内容仅仅是示意性的,不做限定。It should be noted that, the status bits in Table 4 and Table 5 and their corresponding indication contents are only illustrative and not limited.

示例1,网络设备配置了每种传输的方式对应的信息。例如,配置了{BWP切换且BWP内跳频}对应的{BWP ID信息和第一偏移信息},配置了{方式2且BWP内跳频}对应的 {BWP位置信息和第一偏移信息},配置了用于BWP外跳频的第二偏移信息。Example 1, the network device configures information corresponding to each transmission mode. For example, {BWP ID information and first offset information} corresponding to {BWP handover and intra-BWP frequency hopping} are configured, and {BWP location information and first offset information} corresponding to {mode 2 and intra-BWP frequency hopping} are configured }, second offset information for frequency hopping outside the BWP is configured.

例如,跳频标识信息包括2比特,能够指示:BWP切换且BWP内跳频、方式2且 BWP内跳频、BWP外跳频和不跳频。For example, the frequency hopping identification information includes 2 bits, which can indicate: BWP handover and frequency hopping within BWP, mode 2 and frequency hopping within BWP, frequency hopping outside BWP, and no frequency hopping.

例如,N1=4,N3=4,N2=4。N4=4。网络设备配置4个BWP,每个BWP配置了4 个BWP位置,配置了4个BWP外跳频偏移。配置了4个BWP内跳频偏移。则M1=12, M2=16,M3=4,M4=7。第一信令使用6比特指示39个状态。For example, N1=4, N3=4, N2=4. N4=4. The network device is configured with 4 BWPs, each BWP is configured with 4 BWP positions, and 4 BWP external frequency hopping offsets are configured. Four intra-BWP frequency hopping offsets are configured. Then M1=12, M2=16, M3=4, M4=7. The first signaling uses 6 bits to indicate 39 states.

例如,N1=3,N3=3,N2=4。N4=4。网络设备配置3个BWP,每个BWP配置了3 个BWP位置,配置了4个BWP外跳频偏移。配置了4个BWP内跳频偏移。则M1=8, M2=12,M3=4,M4=6。第一信令使用5比特指示30个状态。第一信令中还有2个预留 状态。For example, N1=3, N3=3, N2=4. N4=4. The network device is configured with 3 BWPs, each BWP is configured with 3 BWP positions, and 4 BWP external frequency hopping offsets are configured. Four intra-BWP frequency hopping offsets are configured. Then M1=8, M2=12, M3=4, M4=6. The first signaling uses 5 bits to indicate 30 states. There are also 2 reserved states in the first signaling.

例如,N1=3,N3=3,N2=4。N4=4。网络设备配置3个BWP,每个BWP配置了3 个BWP位置,配置了4个BWP外跳频偏移。配置了4个BWP内跳频偏移。则M1=8, M2=12,M3=4,M4=5。第一信令使用5比特指示29个状态。第一信令中还有3个预留 状态。For example, N1=3, N3=3, N2=4. N4=4. The network device is configured with 3 BWPs, each BWP is configured with 3 BWP positions, and 4 BWP external frequency hopping offsets are configured. Four intra-BWP frequency hopping offsets are configured. Then M1=8, M2=12, M3=4, M4=5. The first signaling uses 5 bits to indicate 29 states. There are also 3 reserved states in the first signaling.

例如,N1=3,N3=3,N2=4。N4=4。网络设备配置3个BWP,每个BWP配置了3 个BWP位置,配置了4个BWP外跳频偏移。配置了4个BWP内跳频偏移。则M1=12, M2=8,M3=4,M4=6。第一信令使用5比特指示30个状态。第一信令中还有2个预留状 态。For example, N1=3, N3=3, N2=4. N4=4. The network device is configured with 3 BWPs, each BWP is configured with 3 BWP positions, and 4 BWP external frequency hopping offsets are configured. Four intra-BWP frequency hopping offsets are configured. Then M1=12, M2=8, M3=4, M4=6. The first signaling uses 5 bits to indicate 30 states. There are also 2 reserved states in the first signaling.

例如,N1=3,N3=3,N2=4。N4=4。网络设备配置3个BWP,每个BWP配置了3 个BWP位置,配置了4个BWP外跳频偏移。配置了4个BWP内跳频偏移。则M1=12, M2=8,M3=4,M4=5。第一信令使用5比特指示29个状态。第一信令中还有3个预留状 态。For example, N1=3, N3=3, N2=4. N4=4. The network device is configured with 3 BWPs, each BWP is configured with 3 BWP positions, and 4 BWP external frequency hopping offsets are configured. Four intra-BWP frequency hopping offsets are configured. Then M1=12, M2=8, M3=4, M4=5. The first signaling uses 5 bits to indicate 29 states. There are also 3 reserved states in the first signaling.

例如,N1=4,N3=2,N2=4。N4=4。网络设备配置4个BWP,每个BWP配置了2 个BWP位置,配置了4个BWP外跳频偏移。配置了4个BWP内跳频偏移。则M1=12, M2=8,M3=4,M4=6。第一信令使用5比特指示30个状态。第一信令中还有2个预留状 态。For example, N1=4, N3=2, N2=4. N4=4. The network device is configured with 4 BWPs, each BWP is configured with 2 BWP positions, and 4 BWP external frequency hopping offsets are configured. Four intra-BWP frequency hopping offsets are configured. Then M1=12, M2=8, M3=4, M4=6. The first signaling uses 5 bits to indicate 30 states. There are also 2 reserved states in the first signaling.

例如,N1=4,N3=2,N2=4。N4=4。网络设备配置4个BWP,每个BWP配置了2 个BWP位置,配置了4个BWP外跳频偏移。配置了4个BWP内跳频偏移。则M1=12, M2=8,M3=4,M4=5。第一信令使用5比特指示29个状态。第一信令中还有3个预留状 态。For example, N1=4, N3=2, N2=4. N4=4. The network device is configured with 4 BWPs, each BWP is configured with 2 BWP locations, and 4 BWP external frequency hopping offsets are configured. Four intra-BWP frequency hopping offsets are configured. Then M1=12, M2=8, M3=4, M4=5. The first signaling uses 5 bits to indicate 29 states. There are also 3 reserved states in the first signaling.

例如,N1=4,N3=2,N2=4。N4=4。网络设备配置4个BWP,每个BWP配置了2 个BWP位置,配置了4个BWP外跳频偏移。配置了4个BWP内跳频偏移。则M1=16, M2=4,M3=4,M4=6。第一信令使用5比特指示30个状态。第一信令中还有2个预留状 态。For example, N1=4, N3=2, N2=4. N4=4. The network device is configured with 4 BWPs, each BWP is configured with 2 BWP positions, and 4 BWP external frequency hopping offsets are configured. Four intra-BWP frequency hopping offsets are configured. Then M1=16, M2=4, M3=4, M4=6. The first signaling uses 5 bits to indicate 30 states. There are also 2 reserved states in the first signaling.

例如,N1=4,N3=2,N2=4。N4=4。网络设备配置4个BWP,每个BWP配置了2 个BWP位置,配置了4个BWP外跳频偏移。配置了4个BWP内跳频偏移。则M1=16, M2=4,M3=4,M4=5。第一信令使用5比特指示29个状态。第一信令中还有3个预留状 态。For example, N1=4, N3=2, N2=4. N4=4. The network device is configured with 4 BWPs, each BWP is configured with 2 BWP locations, and 4 BWP external frequency hopping offsets are configured. Four intra-BWP frequency hopping offsets are configured. Then M1=16, M2=4, M3=4, M4=5. The first signaling uses 5 bits to indicate 29 states. There are also 3 reserved states in the first signaling.

例如,N1=2,N3=4,N2=4。N4=4。网络设备配置2个BWP,每个BWP配置了4 个BWP位置,配置了4个BWP外跳频偏移。配置了4个BWP内跳频偏移。则M1=8, M2=12,M3=4,M4=6。第一信令使用5比特指示30个状态。第一信令中还有2个预留 状态。For example, N1=2, N3=4, N2=4. N4=4. The network device is configured with 2 BWPs, each BWP is configured with 4 BWP locations, and 4 BWP external frequency hopping offsets are configured. Four intra-BWP frequency hopping offsets are configured. Then M1=8, M2=12, M3=4, M4=6. The first signaling uses 5 bits to indicate 30 states. There are also 2 reserved states in the first signaling.

例如,N1=2,N3=4,N2=4。N4=4。网络设备配置2个BWP,每个BWP配置了4 个BWP位置,配置了4个BWP外跳频偏移。配置了4个BWP内跳频偏移。则M1=8, M2=12,M3=4,M4=5。第一信令使用5比特指示29个状态。第一信令中还有3个预留 状态。For example, N1=2, N3=4, N2=4. N4=4. The network device is configured with 2 BWPs, each BWP is configured with 4 BWP locations, and 4 BWP external frequency hopping offsets are configured. Four intra-BWP frequency hopping offsets are configured. Then M1=8, M2=12, M3=4, M4=5. The first signaling uses 5 bits to indicate 29 states. There are also 3 reserved states in the first signaling.

例如,N1=2,N3=4,N2=4。N4=4。网络设备配置2个BWP,每个BWP配置了4 个BWP位置,配置了4个BWP外跳频偏移。配置了4个BWP内跳频偏移。则M1=4, M2=16,M3=4,M4=6。第一信令使用5比特指示30个状态。第一信令中还有2个预留 状态。For example, N1=2, N3=4, N2=4. N4=4. The network device is configured with 2 BWPs, each BWP is configured with 4 BWP locations, and 4 BWP external frequency hopping offsets are configured. Four intra-BWP frequency hopping offsets are configured. Then M1=4, M2=16, M3=4, M4=6. The first signaling uses 5 bits to indicate 30 states. There are also 2 reserved states in the first signaling.

例如,N1=2,N3=4,N2=4。N4=4。网络设备配置2个BWP,每个BWP配置了4 个BWP位置,配置了4个BWP外跳频偏移。配置了4个BWP内跳频偏移。则M1=4, M2=16,M3=4,M4=5。第一信令使用5比特指示29个状态。第一信令中还有3个预留 状态。For example, N1=2, N3=4, N2=4. N4=4. The network device is configured with 2 BWPs, each BWP is configured with 4 BWP locations, and 4 BWP external frequency hopping offsets are configured. Four intra-BWP frequency hopping offsets are configured. Then M1=4, M2=16, M3=4, M4=5. The first signaling uses 5 bits to indicate 29 states. There are also 3 reserved states in the first signaling.

示例2,若网络设备配置了BWP切换对应的BWP ID信息,配置了用于BWP位置改 变的BWP位置信息,配置了用于BWP内跳频的第一偏移信息。且BWP外跳频的第二偏 移信息通过BWP位置信息获取。终端设备应用BWP位置信息作为BWP外跳频的频率偏 移信息。则示例1的举例中,N2=N3。Example 2, if the network device is configured with BWP ID information corresponding to BWP handover, configured with BWP location information used for BWP location change, and configured with first offset information used for intra-BWP frequency hopping. And the second offset information of the frequency hopping outside the BWP is obtained through the BWP location information. The terminal equipment uses the BWP location information as the frequency offset information for frequency hopping outside the BWP. In the example of Example 1, N2=N3.

示例3,若网络设备配置了BWP切换对应的BWP ID信息,配置了用于BWP内跳频 的第二偏移信息。BWP外跳频的第二偏移信息通过BWP ID对应的信息获取。BWP位置 信息通过BWP ID对应的信息获取。则示例1的举例中,N2=N1,N3=N1。Example 3, if the network device is configured with BWP ID information corresponding to BWP handover, second offset information for intra-BWP frequency hopping is configured. The second offset information of the frequency hopping outside the BWP is obtained through the information corresponding to the BWP ID. The BWP location information is obtained through the information corresponding to the BWP ID. In the example of Example 1, N2=N1, N3=N1.

类似的,示例4,若网络设备配置了BWP切换对应的BWP ID信息,配置了用于BWP 位置改变的BWP位置信息,配置了用于BWP内跳频的第一偏移信息。BWP外跳频的第 二偏移信息通过BWP ID信息获取。即N2=N1。Similarly, in Example 4, if the network device is configured with BWP ID information corresponding to BWP handover, configured with BWP location information used for BWP location change, and configured with first offset information used for intra-BWP frequency hopping. The second offset information of the frequency hopping outside the BWP is obtained through the BWP ID information. That is, N2=N1.

根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,终端设备可以获取跳频标识信息, 网络设备可以根据终端设备的业务需求灵活指示终端设备的信息传输的方式,并且可以获 取频域分集增益和负载均衡,保障信息传输可靠性。According to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can obtain the frequency hopping identification information, the network device can flexibly instruct the information transmission mode of the terminal device according to the service requirements of the terminal device, and can obtain the frequency domain diversity gain and load balance, ensuring that Information transmission reliability.

图5是本申请通信方法500的示意性框图,图5所示的方法包括S501至S503。下面详细描述每个步骤。Fig. 5 is a schematic block diagram of a communication method 500 of the present application, and the method shown in Fig. 5 includes S501 to S503. Each step is described in detail below.

步骤S501,终端设备获取跳频标识信息。Step S501, the terminal device acquires frequency hopping identification information.

如上所述,本申请中,跳频标识信息可以在DCI中指示。跳频标识信息也可以在RRC信令中指示。跳频标识信息可以是DCI中的一个字段。跳频标识信息可以是RRC信令中 的一个字段。跳频标识信息指示是否使能跳频。例如,使能(enable);不使能/去使能(disable)。例如,跳频标识信息可以为1比特。As mentioned above, in this application, the frequency hopping identification information may be indicated in the DCI. The frequency hopping identification information can also be indicated in RRC signaling. The frequency hopping identification information may be a field in the DCI. The frequency hopping identification information may be a field in the RRC signaling. The frequency hopping identification information indicates whether frequency hopping is enabled. For example, enable; disable/disable. For example, the frequency hopping identification information may be 1 bit.

所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,步骤S502,网络设备向终端设备发送第一 信息,第一信息指示终端设备的跳频传输方式。When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, in step S502, the network device sends first information to the terminal equipment, where the first information indicates the frequency hopping transmission mode of the terminal equipment.

本申请中的跳频传输方式包括第一跳频传输方式和第二跳频传输方式。例如,第一跳 频方式为BWP内跳频,第二跳频方式为BWP间跳频(或者说BWP外跳频)。例如,第 一跳频方式为时隙内跳频,第二跳频方式为时隙间跳频。例如,第一跳频方式为时隙内跳 频且BWP内跳频,第二跳频方式为时隙间跳频且BWP间跳频(或者说BWP外跳频)。The frequency hopping transmission manner in this application includes a first frequency hopping transmission manner and a second frequency hopping transmission manner. For example, the first frequency hopping mode is intra-BWP frequency hopping, and the second frequency hopping mode is inter-BWP frequency hopping (or external BWP frequency hopping). For example, the first frequency hopping mode is intra-slot frequency hopping, and the second frequency hopping mode is inter-slot frequency hopping. For example, the first frequency hopping method is intra-slot frequency hopping and intra-BWP frequency hopping, and the second frequency hopping method is inter-slot frequency hopping and inter-BWP frequency hopping (or outside BWP frequency hopping).

步骤S503,网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息,第二信息指示跳频传输的频率偏移 信息。Step S503, the network device sends second information to the terminal device, where the second information indicates frequency offset information of frequency hopping transmission.

例如,第一跳频方式为BWP内跳频,第二跳频方式为BWP外跳频。第一信息指示 终端设备用第一跳频方式传输时,第二信息指示第一频率偏移信息。第一信息指示终端设 备用第二跳频方式传输时,第二信息指示第二频率偏移信息。For example, the first frequency hopping mode is BWP internal frequency hopping, and the second frequency hopping mode is BWP external frequency hopping. The first information indicates that when the terminal equipment transmits in the first frequency hopping manner, the second information indicates the first frequency offset information. When the first information indicates that the terminal device transmits in the second frequency hopping manner, the second information indicates second frequency offset information.

例如,第一跳频方式为时隙内跳频,第二跳频方式为时隙间跳频。第一信息指示终端 设备用第一跳频方式传输时,第二信息指示时隙内跳频的偏移信息。第一信息指示终端设 备用第二跳频方式传输时,第二信息指示时隙间跳频的偏移信息。For example, the first frequency hopping manner is intra-slot frequency hopping, and the second frequency hopping manner is inter-slot frequency hopping. The first information indicates that when the terminal equipment transmits in the first frequency hopping manner, the second information indicates the offset information of the frequency hopping in the time slot. The first information indicates that when the terminal equipment transmits in the second frequency hopping mode, the second information indicates offset information of frequency hopping between time slots.

例如,第一跳频方式为时隙内跳频且BWP内跳频,第二跳频方式为时隙间且跳频BWP 外跳频。第一信息指示终端设备用第一跳频方式传输时,第二信息指示时隙内跳频且BWP 内跳频的偏移信息。第一信息指示终端设备用第二跳频方式传输时,第二信息指示时隙间 跳频BWP外跳频的偏移信息。For example, the first frequency hopping manner is intra-slot frequency hopping and BWP intra-BWP frequency hopping, and the second frequency hopping manner is inter-time slot and frequency hopping frequency hopping outside the BWP. The first information indicates that when the terminal device transmits in the first frequency hopping manner, the second information indicates the offset information of frequency hopping within the time slot and frequency hopping within the BWP. The first information indicates that when the terminal equipment transmits in the second frequency hopping mode, the second information indicates the offset information of frequency hopping outside the BWP between time slot frequency hopping.

步骤S504,终端设备接收第二信息,根据第一信息和第二信息的指示进行通信。Step S504, the terminal device receives the second information, and communicates according to the first information and the instructions of the second information.

终端设备可以在第一BWP的频率范围内接收第一信息和第二信息,确定传输的方式, 根据确定的传输的方式进行通信。The terminal device may receive the first information and the second information within the frequency range of the first BWP, determine the transmission mode, and perform communication according to the determined transmission mode.

需要说明的是,上述步骤可以是分开的,也可以是一起执行的。例如,跳频标识信息 和/或第一信息和/或第二信息可以是在同一DCI中传输,也可以是在不同的DCI中传输。It should be noted that the above steps may be performed separately or together. For example, the frequency hopping identification information and/or the first information and/or the second information may be transmitted in the same DCI, or may be transmitted in different DCIs.

图6是本申请通信方法600的示意性框图,图6所示的方法包括S601至S603。下面详细描述每个步骤。FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a communication method 600 of the present application, and the method shown in FIG. 6 includes S601 to S603. Each step is described in detail below.

步骤S601,终端设备获取类型信息。Step S601, the terminal device acquires type information.

本申请中,类型可以是信息传输所用的方式,或是BWP位置的改变类型,或是指示BWP的位置改变的处理时长,或是BWP的相关参数改变数量,或是BWP配置信息类型。 下面分别说明:In this application, the type may be the method used for information transmission, or the change type of the BWP location, or the processing time indicating the location change of the BWP, or the number of changes in the related parameters of the BWP, or the type of BWP configuration information. The following are respectively explained:

类型可以是信息传输所用的方式。例如,第一类型是信息传输的方式2。第二类型是 信息传输的方式3。Type can be the way in which the information is transmitted. For example, the first type is Mode 2 of information transmission. The second type is the way information is transmitted3.

类型可以是BWP位置的改变类型。例如,第一类型是BWP调谐,和/或频率调谐, 和/或是仅改变BWP位置,和/或是BWP ID不变。第二类型是BWP切换,和/或是BWP ID 改变。The type may be a change type of BWP location. For example, the first type is BWP tuning, and/or frequency tuning, and/or only changing BWP position, and/or unchanged BWP ID. The second type is BWP handover, and/or BWP ID change.

类型可以是BWP的改变位置需要的处理时长。例如,若类型为第一类型,终端设备信息传输时,频率资源切换所需要的时长为T1。例如,若类型为第二类型,终端设备信 息传输时,频率资源切换所需要的时长T2。例如,T1<T2。例如,T1=T2。The type can be the processing time required to change the position of the BWP. For example, if the type is the first type, when the terminal equipment information is transmitted, the time duration required for the frequency resource switching is T1. For example, if the type is the second type, the duration T2 required for frequency resource switching when terminal equipment information is transmitted. For example, T1<T2. For example, T1=T2.

类型可以是BWP的相关参数改变数量。例如,第一类型仅改变包括BWP ID和BWP 位置在内的N个BWP的相关参数,第二类型是改变包括BWP ID和BWP位置在内的M 个BWP的相关参数。其中,N和M均为正整数。N小于M。例如,N等于2。例如, M等于20。The type can be the relevant parameter change amount of the BWP. For example, the first type only changes related parameters of N BWPs including BWP ID and BWP location, and the second type is to change related parameters of M BWPs including BWP ID and BWP location. where N and M are both positive integers. N is less than M. For example, N equals 2. For example, M is equal to 20.

类型可以是BWP配置信息类型。第一类型仅改变BWP ID和BWP位置。例如,类 型为第一类型时,BWP ID相关的RRC参数中,至少除第一特征参数外的其他参数没有更 新。第一特征参数包括BWP ID参数、BWP位置信息和BWP大小的参数中的一种或多种。 第二类型是不仅改变BWP ID和BWP位置,还改变BWP宽度、子载波间隔、DMRS位 置、时域资源分配、功率控制信息等。例如,类型为第二类型时,BWP ID相关的RRC 参数全部更新。The type can be a BWP configuration information type. The first type only changes the BWP ID and BWP location. For example, when the type is the first type, in the RRC parameters related to the BWP ID, at least other parameters except the first characteristic parameter are not updated. The first characteristic parameter includes one or more of parameters of BWP ID parameter, BWP location information and BWP size. The second type is to change not only the BWP ID and BWP location, but also the BWP width, subcarrier spacing, DMRS location, time domain resource allocation, power control information, and the like. For example, when the type is the second type, all RRC parameters related to the BWP ID are updated.

本申请中,类型可以在DCI中指示。类型信息可以是DCI中的一个字段。例如,终 端设备可以根据DCI中的指示获取类型信息。类型信息也可以在RRC信令中指示。类型 信息可以是RRC信令中的一个字段。例如,终端设备可以根据RRC中的指示获取类型信 息。In this application, the type may be indicated in the DCI. Type information can be a field in the DCI. For example, the terminal device can obtain the type information according to the indication in the DCI. Type information can also be indicated in RRC signaling. Type information may be a field in RRC signaling. For example, the terminal device can obtain the type information according to the indication in the RRC.

步骤S602,网络设备向终端设备发送第三信息,第三信息指示BWP的位置信息或BWP的ID信息。Step S602, the network device sends third information to the terminal device, where the third information indicates the location information of the BWP or the ID information of the BWP.

步骤S603,终端设备在第一BWP的频率范围内接收类型信息和第三信息,确定BWP资源。类型信息和第三信息可以是在相同的信令中传输,也可以是在不同的信令中传输。例如,类型信息和第三信息是在同一条DCI中的不同字段或不同比特。Step S603, the terminal device receives the type information and the third information within the frequency range of the first BWP, and determines the BWP resource. The type information and the third information may be transmitted in the same signaling, or may be transmitted in different signaling. For example, the type information and the third information are different fields or different bits in the same piece of DCI.

进一步的,终端设备可以在确定的BWP资源上进行通信。Further, the terminal device can communicate on the determined BWP resource.

例如,若所述类型信息指示第一类型,第三信息指示第一BWP的位置信息,终端设备根据所述第一BWP的位置信息确定BWP资源。在BWP资源上按照方式2进行信息传 输。For example, if the type information indicates the first type and the third information indicates the location information of the first BWP, the terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the location information of the first BWP. The information is transmitted according to Mode 2 on the BWP resource.

例如,若所述类型信息指示第二类型,第三信息指示第二BWP的ID信息,所述终端设备根据所述第二BWP的ID信息确定所述第二BWP资源,且所述终端设备应用对应于 所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置。在BWP资源上按照方式3进行信息传输。For example, if the type information indicates the second type and the third information indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the terminal device determines the second BWP resource according to the ID information of the second BWP, and the terminal device applies All parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID. Information transmission is performed on the BWP resource according to Mode 3.

需要说明的是,上述步骤可以是分开的,也可以是一起执行的。例如,类型信息和第 三信息可以是在同一DCI中传输,也可以是在不同的DCI中传输。It should be noted that the above steps may be performed separately or together. For example, the type information and the third information may be transmitted in the same DCI, or may be transmitted in different DCIs.

例如,终端设备按照第一类型确定第一BWP资源时,所述终端设备只应用所述第一BWP的位置。例如,终端设备按照第二类型确定第二BWP资源时,终端设备应用对应于 所述第二BWP的所有参数配置。For example, when the terminal device determines the first BWP resource according to the first type, the terminal device only applies the location of the first BWP. For example, when the terminal device determines the second BWP resource according to the second type, the terminal device applies all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP.

图7是本申请通信方法700的示意性框图,图7所示的方法包括S701至S703。下面详细描述每个步骤。FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication method 700 of the present application, and the method shown in FIG. 7 includes S701 to S703. Each step is described in detail below.

步骤S701,终端设备获取类型信息。Step S701, the terminal device acquires type information.

本步骤中,终端设备获取的类型信息及其方式可以与方法600步骤S601类似,不再赘述。In this step, the type information obtained by the terminal device and the manner thereof may be similar to step S601 of the method 600, and will not be repeated.

步骤S702,网络设备向终端设备发送第四信息,第四信息指示BWP的ID信息。Step S702, the network device sends fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information indicates the ID information of the BWP.

例如,BWP的ID信息可以包括第一BWP的ID信息和/或第二BWP的ID信息。For example, the ID information of the BWP may include the ID information of the first BWP and/or the ID information of the second BWP.

步骤S703,终端设备在第一BWP的频率范围内接收类型信息和第四信息,确定BWP资源。Step S703, the terminal device receives the type information and the fourth information in the frequency range of the first BWP, and determines the BWP resource.

在一种可能的实现方式中,例如,若类型信息指示第一类型,终端设备根据BWP的ID信息及BWP的位置信息确定BWP的资源。BWP的位置信息为BWP的默认位置。若 类型信息指示所述第二类型,终端设备根据BWP的ID信息确定所述第二BWP资源,且 所述终端设备应用所关联的所有参数配置。In a possible implementation manner, for example, if the type information indicates the first type, the terminal device determines the resources of the BWP according to the ID information of the BWP and the location information of the BWP. The location information of the BWP is the default location of the BWP. If the type information indicates the second type, the terminal device determines the second BWP resource according to the ID information of the BWP, and the terminal device applies all associated parameter configurations.

例如,若类型信息指示为第一类型,终端设备只应用第二BWP ID对应的BWP的位置。不应用该BWP相关的其他参数。若类型信息指示为第二类型,所述终端设备应用新 BWPID关联的所有参数配置。For example, if the type information indicates the first type, the terminal device only applies the location of the BWP corresponding to the second BWP ID. No other parameters related to this BWP apply. If the type information indicates the second type, the terminal device applies all parameter configurations associated with the new BWPID.

在另一种可能的实现方式中,当类型信息指示第一类型时,终端设备需要第一处理时 长;当类型信息指示第二类型时,终端设备需要第二处理时长;其中,第一处理时长小于 或等于第二处理时长。In another possible implementation manner, when the type information indicates the first type, the terminal device needs the first processing duration; when the type information indicates the second type, the terminal device needs the second processing duration; wherein the first processing duration Less than or equal to the second processing duration.

需要说明的是,本申请中的处理时长是第一时间到第二时间之间的时间长度。第一时 间是终端设备收到第四指示信息的时间,或是第四指示信息结束的时间,或是第四指示信 息最后一个符号结束的时间。第二时间是终端设备应用新的BWP的时间,或是终端设备 可以在新的BWP资源发送和/或接收信息的时间,或是终端设备完成频率调谐的时间。第一处理时长包括频率调谐时间,和/或信令解析时间。第二处理时长包括频率调谐时间,和/或信令解析时间,和/或BWP相关参数更新时间,和/或BWP先相关参数装载应用时间。 例如,第一处理时长小于第二处理时长。例如,第一处理时长等于第二处理时长。第一处 理时长和第二处理时长是终端设备收到下行控制信息的时间到应用新的BWP资源的时间 之间的时间差。It should be noted that the processing duration in this application is the duration between the first time and the second time. The first time is the time when the terminal device receives the fourth indication information, or the time when the fourth indication information ends, or the time when the last symbol of the fourth indication information ends. The second time is when the terminal device applies the new BWP, or when the terminal device can send and/or receive information on the new BWP resource, or when the terminal device completes frequency tuning. The first processing duration includes frequency tuning time, and/or signaling analysis time. The second processing duration includes frequency tuning time, and/or signaling analysis time, and/or BWP-related parameter update time, and/or BWP-related parameter loading and application time. For example, the first processing duration is shorter than the second processing duration. For example, the first processing duration is equal to the second processing duration. The first processing duration and the second processing duration are the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the downlink control information and the time when the new BWP resource is applied.

终端设备确定好BWP资源后,可以在BWP上进行通信。After the terminal device determines the BWP resource, it can communicate on the BWP.

图8是本申请通信方法800的示意性框图,图8所示的方法包括S801至S802。下面详细描述每个步骤。Fig. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication method 800 of the present application, and the method shown in Fig. 8 includes S801 to S802. Each step is described in detail below.

步骤S801,网络设备向终端设备发送第五信息,第五信息指示BWP ID信息。Step S801, the network device sends fifth information to the terminal device, where the fifth information indicates BWP ID information.

步骤S802,终端设备在第一BWP的频率范围内接收第五信息,确定BWP资源。Step S802, the terminal device receives the fifth information within the frequency range of the first BWP, and determines the BWP resource.

在一种可能的实现方式中,第五信息能够指示N个BWP ID信息,且第五信息为终端设备指示的BWP ID信息属于所述N个BWP ID时,终端设备只应用被指示的BWP ID和 该BWP的默认位置,其中N是正整数。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth information can indicate N pieces of BWP ID information, and when the fifth information is that the BWP ID information indicated by the terminal device belongs to the N BWP IDs, the terminal device only applies the indicated BWP ID information and the default location of the BWP, where N is a positive integer.

在一种可能的实现方式中,第五信息能够指示M个BWP ID信息,且第五信息为终端设备指示的BWP ID信息属于M个BWP ID时,终端设备应用被指示的BWP ID关联 的所有参数配置,其中M是正整数。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth information can indicate M pieces of BWP ID information, and when the fifth information is that the BWP ID information indicated by the terminal device belongs to M pieces of BWP ID information, the terminal device applies all BWP ID information associated with the indicated BWP ID. Parameter configuration, where M is a positive integer.

例如,网络设备配置了N个第一类型BWP,每个BWP的配置仅包括对应BWP ID 信息和BWP位置信息。其中,N为正整数。网络设备配置了M个第二类型BWP,M个 BWP中每个BWP的配置信息包括ID信息、位置信息、带宽信息、子载波间隔、控制信 道资源集合、数据信道配置、DMRS配置中的至少一种。其中,M为正整数。For example, the network device is configured with N first-type BWPs, and the configuration of each BWP only includes corresponding BWP ID information and BWP location information. Among them, N is a positive integer. The network device is configured with M BWPs of the second type, and the configuration information of each BWP in the M BWPs includes at least one of ID information, location information, bandwidth information, subcarrier spacing, control channel resource set, data channel configuration, and DMRS configuration. kind. Among them, M is a positive integer.

例如,第五信息能够用于指示(N+M)个BWP的ID信息。例如,第五信息可以指示的比特状态为K1个,K1=log2(N+M)或

Figure BDA0002977440080000361
其中,
Figure BDA0002977440080000362
为上取整运算。例如, K1个比特状态中前N个比特状态或前N个索引对应N个第一类型BWP ID信息。K1个 比特状态中后M个比特状态或前M个索引对应M个第二类型BWP ID信息。For example, the fifth information can be used to indicate ID information of (N+M) BWPs. For example, the fifth information may indicate K1 bit states, where K1=log2(N+M) or
Figure BDA0002977440080000361
in,
Figure BDA0002977440080000362
It is a round-up operation. For example, the first N bit states or the first N indices in the K1 bit states correspond to N pieces of BWP ID information of the first type. Among the K1 bit states, the last M bit states or the first M indices correspond to M pieces of BWP ID information of the second type.

又例如,第五信息包括1比特指示是从N个BWP中选择,还是从M个BWP中选择, 第五信息包括K2个比特指示对应的BWP ID信息。其中,

Figure BDA0002977440080000363
For another example, the fifth information includes 1 bit to indicate whether to select from N BWPs or M BWPs, and the fifth information includes K2 bits to indicate corresponding BWP ID information. in,
Figure BDA0002977440080000363

例如,N等于M。如,N=4,M=4。如,第五信息包括3比特,指示8个状态,每个 状态对应N+M=8个BWP中的一个BWP的BWP ID信息。例如,第五信息的0~3比特状 态分别用于指示4个仅包括BWP ID和BWP的位置的BWP。例如,第五信息的4~7比特 状态分别用于指示4个包括BWP所有相关配置的BWP。For example, N equals M. For example, N=4, M=4. For example, the fifth information includes 3 bits, indicating 8 states, and each state corresponds to BWP ID information of one BWP among N+M=8 BWPs. For example, the status of bits 0 to 3 of the fifth information are respectively used to indicate four BWPs that only include the BWP ID and the location of the BWP. For example, the 4-7 bit states of the fifth information are respectively used to indicate 4 BWPs including all relevant configurations of the BWP.

N=M可以拉齐不同传输类型情况下的信令开销。因为,终端设备先确定BWP类型是第一类型BWP还是第二类型BWP,再根据第五信息的指示确定BWP ID信息。N个值需 要

Figure BDA0002977440080000364
个比特指示,M个值需要
Figure BDA0002977440080000365
个比特指示。在本申请实施例中N=M, 第五信息需要的比特数相同,可以避免不同情况比特数不同导致DCI不同的情况。或由于 为了在不同情况下拉齐DCI占用的比特数,对比特数较少的字段进行补零,导致资源浪费。N=M can align the signaling overhead in the case of different transmission types. Because, the terminal device first determines whether the BWP type is the first type BWP or the second type BWP, and then determines the BWP ID information according to the indication of the fifth information. N values required
Figure BDA0002977440080000364
bits to indicate that M values are required
Figure BDA0002977440080000365
bit indication. In the embodiment of the present application, N=M, and the number of bits required for the fifth information is the same, which can avoid the situation that the number of bits is different in different situations, resulting in different DCIs. Or because the number of bits occupied by the DCI is adjusted in different situations, zero-padding is performed on a field with a small number of bits, which leads to a waste of resources.

终端设备确定好BWP资源后,可以在BWP上进行通信。After the terminal device determines the BWP resource, it can communicate on the BWP.

根据本申请提供的通信方法,可以According to the communication method provided by this application, it is possible to

应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后, 各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任 何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of each process does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. Implementation constitutes any limitation.

应该理解,本申请中描述的各个实施例可以为独立的方案,也可以根据内在逻辑进行 组合,这些方案都落入本申请的保护范围中。It should be understood that each embodiment described in this application can be an independent solution, and can also be combined according to internal logic, and these solutions all fall within the protection scope of this application.

以上,结合图3至图8详细说明了本申请实施例提供的通信方法。以下,结合图9和图10详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信装置。应理解,装置实施例的描述与方法实施例 的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例,为了简洁,部分内 容不再赘述。In the above, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail with reference to FIG. 3 to FIG. 8 . Hereinafter, the communication apparatus provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 . It should be understood that the description of the apparatus embodiment corresponds to the description of the method embodiment. Therefore, for the content that is not described in detail, reference may be made to the above method embodiment, and for the sake of brevity, some content will not be repeated.

图9是本申请实施例提供的通信装置100的示意性框图。如图所示,该通信装置100可以包括收发单元110、处理单元120。在某些装置里面还可能包括获取单元130。FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the communication apparatus 100 may include a transceiver unit 110 and a processing unit 120 . The acquisition unit 130 may also be included in some devices.

应理解,该通信装置100可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法300、方法400、方法500、 方法600、方法700和方法800中的终端设备,该通信装置100可以执行以上实施例中终端设备对应的步骤。并且,该通信装置100中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为 了实现方法300、方法400、方法500、方法600、方法700和方法800的相应流程。应理 解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁, 在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the communication apparatus 100 may correspond to the terminal equipment in the method 300, the method 400, the method 500, the method 600, the method 700, and the method 800 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the communication apparatus 100 may execute the terminal equipment in the above embodiments. corresponding steps. In addition, each unit in the communication device 100 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are to implement the corresponding processes of the method 300, the method 400, the method 500, the method 600, the method 700 and the method 800, respectively. It should be understood that the specific process of each unit performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and is not repeated here for brevity.

收发单元110用于接收第一信令,处理单元120单元用于根据所述第一信令的指示进 行通信。The transceiver unit 110 is configured to receive the first signaling, and the processing unit 120 is configured to communicate according to the indication of the first signaling.

在一些实施例中,处理单元120用于获取跳频标识信息;当所述跳频标识信息指示不 使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:所述第二BWP的ID信息,所述第一BWP的位置,其中,所述第一BWP的位置包括所述第一BWP的默认位置和/或 所述第一BWP的附加位置;当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用 于指示以下的至少一项:所述第一信令用于指示所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏 移信息,所述第一信令用于指示所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,所述第一 信令用于指示第二频率偏移信息;其中,按照所述第一频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,不 进行频率调谐;其中,按照所述第二频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。In some embodiments, the processing unit 120 is configured to acquire frequency hopping identification information; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is not enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ID information of the second BWP, the location of the first BWP, wherein the location of the first BWP includes the default location of the first BWP and/or the additional location of the first BWP; when the frequency hopping When the identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first signaling is used to indicate the location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP, The first signaling is used to indicate the ID information and the first frequency offset information of the second BWP, and the first signaling is used to indicate the second frequency offset information; wherein, according to the first frequency offset When frequency hopping transmission is performed according to the second frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; wherein, when frequency hopping transmission is performed according to the second frequency offset information, frequency tuning is performed.

在一些实施例中,处理单元120用于获取跳频标识信息;当所述跳频标识信息指示不 使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:所述第二BWP的ID信息,所述第一BWP的位置,其中,所述第一BWP的位置包括所述第一BWP的默认位置和/或 所述第一BWP的附加位置;当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用 于指示以下的至少一项:所述第一信令用于指示所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏 移信息,所述第一信令用于指示所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,所述第一 信令用于指示第二频率偏移信息;其中,按照所述第一频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,不 进行频率调谐;其中,按照所述第二频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。In some embodiments, the processing unit 120 is configured to acquire frequency hopping identification information; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is not enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ID information of the second BWP, the location of the first BWP, wherein the location of the first BWP includes the default location of the first BWP and/or the additional location of the first BWP; when the frequency hopping When the identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first signaling is used to indicate the location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP, The first signaling is used to indicate the ID information and the first frequency offset information of the second BWP, and the first signaling is used to indicate the second frequency offset information; wherein, according to the first frequency offset When frequency hopping transmission is performed according to the second frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; wherein, when frequency hopping transmission is performed according to the second frequency offset information, frequency tuning is performed.

在一些实施例中,处理单元120用于获取类型信息,所述类型信息用于指示第一类型 或第二类型;收发单元110用于接收第三信息;若所述类型信息指示第一类型,所述第三信息指示第一BWP的位置信息,所述第一BWP的位置信息用于确定所述BWP资源;或, 若所述类型信息指示第二类型,所述第三信息指示第二BWP的ID信息,所述第二BWP 的ID信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置被应 用。In some embodiments, the processing unit 120 is configured to acquire type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; the transceiver unit 110 is configured to receive third information; if the type information indicates the first type, The third information indicates location information of the first BWP, and the location information of the first BWP is used to determine the BWP resource; or, if the type information indicates the second type, the third information indicates the second BWP The ID information of the second BWP is used to determine the second BWP resource, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID are applied.

在一些实施例中,处理单元120用于获取类型信息,所述类型信息用于指示第一类型 或第二类型;收发单元110用于接收第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示BWP的ID信息, 所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或所述第二BWP的ID信息;当所述 类型信息指示所述第一类型时,所述处理单元用于根据所述BWP的ID信息及所述BWP 的位置信息确定所述BWP的资源,所述BWP的位置信息包括所述BWP的默认位置;当 所述类型信息指示所述第二类型时,所述处理单元用于根据所述第二BWP的ID信息确定 所述第二BWP资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置被应用。In some embodiments, the processing unit 120 is configured to acquire type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; the transceiver unit 110 is configured to receive fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate the BWP ID information, the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; when the type information indicates the first type, the processing unit is configured to The ID information of the BWP and the location information of the BWP determine the resources of the BWP, and the location information of the BWP includes the default location of the BWP; when the type information indicates the second type, the processing unit uses The second BWP resource is determined according to the ID information of the second BWP, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID are applied.

在本申请实施例中,该装置100可以包括:处理器和收发器,处理器和收发器相连,可选地,该设备还包括存储器,存储器与处理器相连,进一步可选地,该设备包括总线系统。其中,处理器、存储器和收发器可以通过总线系统相连,该存储器可以用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令,以控制收发器发送信息或信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the apparatus 100 may include: a processor and a transceiver, the processor and the transceiver are connected, optionally, the device further includes a memory, and the memory is connected to the processor, and further optionally, the device includes bus system. The processor, the memory and the transceiver may be connected through a bus system, the memory may be used to store instructions, and the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to send information or signals.

其中,图9所示的装置100中的处理单元可以对应该处理器,图9所示的装置100中的收发单元可以对应该收发器。The processing unit in the apparatus 100 shown in FIG. 9 may correspond to the processor, and the transceiver unit in the apparatus 100 shown in FIG. 9 may correspond to the transceiver.

应理解,对于本申请实施例中通信装置100中处理单元和收发单元所对应的处理器和 收发器也可以执行以上实施例中网络设备对应的步骤,具体不再赘述。It should be understood that the processor and transceiver corresponding to the processing unit and the transceiver unit in the communication apparatus 100 in the embodiment of the present application may also perform the steps corresponding to the network device in the above embodiment, and details are not repeated.

图10是本申请实施例提供的通信装置200的示意性框图。如图所示,该通信装置200 可以包括收发单元210、处理单元220。FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the communication apparatus 200 may include a transceiver unit 210 and a processing unit 220 .

应理解,该通信装置200可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法300、方法400、方法500、 方法600、方法700和方法800中的网络设备,该通信装置200可以执行以上实施例中网络设备对应的步骤。应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the communication apparatus 200 may correspond to the network equipment in the method 300, the method 400, the method 500, the method 600, the method 700, and the method 800 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the communication apparatus 200 may execute the network equipment in the above embodiments. corresponding steps. It should be understood that the specific process of each unit performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.

收发单元210用于向终端设备发送第一信令。The transceiver unit 210 is configured to send the first signaling to the terminal device.

在一些实施例中,处理单元220用于确定跳频标识信息;当所述跳频标识信息指示不 使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:所述第二BWP的ID信息,所述第一BWP的位置,其中,所述第一BWP的位置包括所述第一BWP的默认位置和/或 所述第一BWP的附加位置;当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用 于指示以下的至少一项:所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息,所述第二BWP 的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,第二频率偏移信息;其中,按照所述第一频率偏移信息 跳频传输时,不进行频率调谐;其中,按照所述第二频率偏移信息跳频传输时,进行频率 调谐。In some embodiments, the processing unit 220 is configured to determine frequency hopping identification information; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is not enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ID information of the second BWP, the location of the first BWP, wherein the location of the first BWP includes the default location of the first BWP and/or the additional location of the first BWP; when the frequency hopping When the identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP, ID information and First frequency offset information, second frequency offset information; wherein, when frequency hopping transmission is performed according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; wherein, when frequency hopping transmission is performed according to the second frequency offset information , to perform frequency tuning.

在一些实施例中,处理单元220确定跳频标识信息;当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳 频传输时,收发单元210用于发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示跳频传输的方式,所述跳频传输的方式包括第一跳频传输方式和第二跳频传输方式,其中,所述第一跳频方式为进行跳频传输时的每一跳都在BWP内;所述第二跳频方式为进行跳频传输时的至少一 跳在BWP外;收发单元210用于发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示跳频传输的频率 偏移信息。In some embodiments, the processing unit 220 determines frequency hopping identification information; when the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the transceiver unit 210 is configured to send first information, where the first information is used to indicate frequency hopping The transmission mode, the frequency hopping transmission mode includes a first frequency hopping transmission mode and a second frequency hopping transmission mode, wherein the first frequency hopping mode is that each hop during frequency hopping transmission is within the BWP; The second frequency hopping manner is that at least one hop during frequency hopping transmission is outside the BWP; the transceiver unit 210 is configured to send second information, where the second information is used to indicate frequency offset information of frequency hopping transmission.

在一些实施例中,处理单元220用于确定类型信息,所述类型信息指示第一类型或第 二类型;所述收发单元210用于发送第三信息;若所述类型信息指示第一类型,所述第三信息指示第一BWP的位置信息,所述第一BWP的位置信息用于确定所述BWP资源;或, 若所述类型信息指示第二类型,所述第三信息指示第二BWP的ID信息,所述第二BWP 的ID信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置被应 用。In some embodiments, the processing unit 220 is configured to determine type information, where the type information indicates the first type or the second type; the transceiver unit 210 is configured to send third information; if the type information indicates the first type, The third information indicates location information of the first BWP, and the location information of the first BWP is used to determine the BWP resource; or, if the type information indicates the second type, the third information indicates the second BWP The ID information of the second BWP is used to determine the second BWP resource, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID are applied.

在一些实施例中,处理单元220用于确定类型信息,所述类型信息用于指示第一类型 或第二类型;收发单元210用于发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示BWP的ID信息, 所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或所述第二BWP的ID信息;当所述 类型信息指示所述第一类型时,所述BWP的ID信息及所述BWP的的位置信息用于确定 所述BWP的资源,所述BWP的位置信息包括所述BWP的默认位置;当所述类型信息 指示所述第二类型时,所述第二BWP的ID信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,且对应于 所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置被应用。In some embodiments, the processing unit 220 is configured to determine type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; the transceiver unit 210 is configured to send fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate the BWP ID information, the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; when the type information indicates the first type, the ID information of the BWP and the The location information of the BWP is used to determine the resources of the BWP, and the location information of the BWP includes the default location of the BWP; when the type information indicates the second type, the ID information of the second BWP is used In determining the second BWP resource, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID are applied.

在本申请实施例中,该装置200可以包括:处理器和收发器,处理器和收发器相连,可选地,该设备还包括存储器,存储器与处理器相连,进一步可选地,该设备包括总线系统。其中,处理器、存储器和收发器可以通过总线系统相连,该存储器可以用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令,以控制收发器发送信息或信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the apparatus 200 may include: a processor and a transceiver, the processor and the transceiver are connected, optionally, the device further includes a memory, and the memory is connected to the processor, and further optionally, the device includes bus system. The processor, the memory and the transceiver may be connected through a bus system, the memory may be used to store instructions, and the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to send information or signals.

其中,图10所示的装置200中的处理单元可以对应该处理器,图10所示的装置200中的收发单元可以对应该收发器。The processing unit in the apparatus 200 shown in FIG. 10 may correspond to the processor, and the transceiver unit in the apparatus 200 shown in FIG. 10 may correspond to the transceiver.

应理解,对于本申请实施例中通信装置200中处理单元和收发单元所对应的处理器和 收发器也可以执行以上实施例中网络设备对应的步骤,具体不再赘述。It should be understood that the processor and transceiver corresponding to the processing unit and the transceiver unit in the communication apparatus 200 in the embodiment of the present application may also perform the steps corresponding to the network device in the above embodiment, and details are not repeated.

本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该 计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行方法300、方法400、方法500、 方法600、方法700和方法800中的任一个方法。The present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform method 300, method 400, method 500, method 600, method 700 and Any of methods 800.

根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介 质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行方法300、方法 400、方法500、方法600、方法700和方法800的任一个方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a computer-readable medium, where the computer-readable medium stores program codes, and when the program codes are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method 300, the method 400, the Any of method 500 , method 600 , method 700 , and method 800 .

本申请还提供一种芯片,包括至少一个处理器和通信接口;所述通信接口用于接收来 自所述功率控制装置之外的其它功率控制装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述 处理器的信号发送给所述功率控制装置之外的其它功率控制装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电 路或执行代码指令用于实现上述方法300、方法400、方法500、方法600、方法700和方 法800中的任一个方法。The present application also provides a chip, comprising at least one processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to receive signals from other power control devices other than the power control device and transmit to the processor or transfer signals from the power control device to the processor. The signal of the processor is sent to other power control devices other than the power control device, and the processor is used to implement the above-mentioned method 300, method 400, method 500, method 600, method 700 and method through logic circuits or executing code instructions. Any of methods 800.

在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限 于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。 通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在 进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多个计算机之间。 此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如 根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部 件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/ 或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system" and the like are used in this specification to refer to a computer-related entity, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, a component may be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer. By way of illustration, both an application running on a computing device and the computing device may be components. One or more components may reside in a process and/or thread of execution, and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between 2 or more computers. In addition, these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. A component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems via signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及 算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以 硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可 以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本 申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装 置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units can refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be repeated here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通 过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显 示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的 部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络 单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各 个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储 在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现 有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机 软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计 算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而 前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的 介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as stand-alone products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, removable hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟 悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖 在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (33)

1.一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:1. a communication method, is characterized in that, comprises: 终端设备在第一部分带宽BWP的频率范围内中接收第一信令;The terminal device receives the first signaling in the frequency range of the first partial bandwidth BWP; 若所述第一信令指示跳频,且所述终端设备根据跳频偏移信息确定第一频域资源,且所述第一频域资源中至少有部分资源在所述第一BWP的频率范围之外,所述终端设备确定通过频率调谐到所述第一频域资源内进行通信,且所述终端设备的第一BWP不变;和/或If the first signaling indicates frequency hopping, the terminal device determines the first frequency domain resource according to the frequency hopping offset information, and at least some of the first frequency domain resources are at the frequency of the first BWP outside the range, the terminal device determines to perform communication within the first frequency domain resource by frequency tuning, and the first BWP of the terminal device remains unchanged; and/or 若所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置,所述终端设备不期望有超出所述第一BWP的频率范围的跳频指示,且所述终端设备通过频率调谐到所述第一BWP的附加频率范围内进行通信;和/或If the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, the terminal device does not expect a frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency range of the first BWP, and the terminal device tunes to the first BWP by frequency. communicate within the additional frequency range of a BWP; and/or 若所述第一信令指示第二BWP的标识ID信息,所述终端设备不期望有超出所述第二BWP的频率范围的跳频指示,且所述终端设备从所述第一BWP切换到所述第二BWP;If the first signaling indicates the identification ID information of the second BWP, the terminal device does not expect a frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency range of the second BWP, and the terminal device switches from the first BWP to the second BWP; 所述终端设备根据所述第一信令的指示进行通信。The terminal device communicates according to the indication of the first signaling. 2.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信令还指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述方法还包括:2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the first signaling further indicates a default location of the first BWP, the method further comprising: 所述终端设备根据所述第一信令的指示确定BWP的资源,包括:The terminal device determines the resources of the BWP according to the indication of the first signaling, including: 所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述终端设备根据所述第一BWP的默认位置确定所述第一BWP的资源。The first signaling indicates the default location of the first BWP, the ID of the first BWP remains unchanged, and the terminal device determines the resources of the first BWP according to the default location of the first BWP. 3.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:3. The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置时,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述终端设备根据所述第一BWP的附加位置确定所述第一BWP的资源;或When the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, the ID of the first BWP does not change, and the terminal device determines the resources of the first BWP according to the additional location of the first BWP; or 所述第一信令指示所述第二BWP的ID信息时,所述终端设备根据所述第二BWP的默认位置确定所述第二BWP的资源。When the first signaling indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the terminal device determines the resources of the second BWP according to the default location of the second BWP. 4.根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,4. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that, 所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:The first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第一BWP的位置信息和不使能跳频,The location information of the first BWP and frequency hopping is not enabled, 所述第二BWP的ID信息和不使能跳频,The ID information of the second BWP and frequency hopping are not enabled, 所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息,the location information of the first BWP and the first frequency offset information, 所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP, 第二频率偏移信息;second frequency offset information; 其中,所述第一BWP的位置信息包括所述第一BWP的默认位置信息和/或附加位置信息;Wherein, the location information of the first BWP includes default location information and/or additional location information of the first BWP; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第一频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,不进行频率调谐;Wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第二频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。Wherein, the terminal device performs frequency tuning when performing frequency hopping transmission according to the second frequency offset information. 5.根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:5. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the method further comprises: 所述终端设备获取跳频标识信息;obtaining, by the terminal device, frequency hopping identification information; 当所述跳频标识信息指示不使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is not enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第二BWP的ID信息,ID information of the second BWP, 所述第一BWP的位置,the location of the first BWP, 其中,所述第一BWP的位置包括所述第一BWP的默认位置和/或所述第一BWP的附加位置;Wherein, the position of the first BWP includes the default position of the first BWP and/or the additional position of the first BWP; 当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息,the location information of the first BWP and the first frequency offset information, 所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP, 第二频率偏移信息;second frequency offset information; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第一频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,不进行频率调谐;Wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第二频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。Wherein, the terminal device performs frequency tuning when performing frequency hopping transmission according to the second frequency offset information. 6.根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:6. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the method further comprises: 所述终端设备获取跳频标识信息;obtaining, by the terminal device, frequency hopping identification information; 当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,所述方法还包括:When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the method further includes: 所述终端设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端设备的跳频传输的方式,所述跳频传输的方式包括第一跳频传输方式和第二跳频传输方式,其中,所述第一跳频方式为所述终端设备进行跳频传输时的每一跳都在BWP内;所述第二跳频方式为所述终端设备进行跳频传输时的至少一跳在BWP外;The terminal device receives first information, where the first information is used to indicate a frequency hopping transmission mode of the terminal device, and the frequency hopping transmission mode includes a first frequency hopping transmission mode and a second frequency hopping transmission mode, Wherein, the first frequency hopping manner is that each hop when the terminal equipment performs frequency hopping transmission is within the BWP; the second frequency hopping manner is that at least one hop when the terminal equipment performs frequency hopping transmission is within the BWP Outside BWP; 所述终端设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示跳频传输的频率偏移信息。The terminal device receives second information, where the second information is used to indicate frequency offset information of frequency hopping transmission. 7.根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:7. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the method further comprises: 所述终端设备获取类型信息,所述类型信息指示第一类型或第二类型;obtaining, by the terminal device, type information, where the type information indicates the first type or the second type; 所述终端设备接收第三信息;the terminal device receives third information; 若所述类型信息指示第一类型,所述第三信息指示第一BWP的位置信息,所述终端设备根据所述第一BWP的位置信息确定所述BWP资源;或,If the type information indicates the first type, the third information indicates the location information of the first BWP, and the terminal device determines the BWP resource according to the location information of the first BWP; or, 若所述类型信息指示第二类型,所述第三信息指示第二BWP的ID信息,所述终端设备根据所述第二BWP的ID信息确定所述第二BWP资源,且所述终端设备应用对应于所述第二BWPID的所有参数配置。If the type information indicates the second type and the third information indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the terminal device determines the second BWP resource according to the ID information of the second BWP, and the terminal device applies All parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWPID. 8.根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:8. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the method further comprises: 所述终端设备获取类型信息,所述类型信息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;The terminal device acquires type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; 所述终端设备接收第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示BWP的ID信息,所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或所述第二BWP的ID信息;The terminal device receives fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate the ID information of the BWP, and the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; 当所述类型信息指示所述第一类型时,所述终端设备根据所述BWP的ID信息及所述BWP的的位置信息确定所述BWP的资源,所述BWP的位置信息包括所述BWP的默认位置;When the type information indicates the first type, the terminal device determines the resources of the BWP according to the ID information of the BWP and the location information of the BWP, where the location information of the BWP includes the location information of the BWP. default location; 当所述类型信息指示所述第二类型时,所述终端设备根据所述第二BWP的ID信息确定所述第二BWP资源,且所述终端设备应用对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置。When the type information indicates the second type, the terminal device determines the second BWP resource according to the ID information of the second BWP, and the terminal device applies all the resources corresponding to the second BWP ID parameter configuration. 9.一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:9. A communication method, comprising: 向终端设备发送第一信令;sending the first signaling to the terminal device; 若所述第一信令指示跳频,且跳频偏移信息用于确定第一频域资源,且所述第一频域资源中至少有部分资源在所述第一BWP的频域范围之外;和/或If the first signaling indicates frequency hopping, and the frequency hopping offset information is used to determine the first frequency domain resources, and at least some of the first frequency domain resources are within the frequency domain range of the first BWP outside; and/or 若所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置时,不向所述终端设备发送有超出第一BWP的频域范围的跳频指示,且在所述第一BWP的附加频域范围内与所述终端设备进行通信;和/或If the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, no frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency domain range of the first BWP is sent to the terminal device, and the additional frequency domain of the first BWP is not sent to the terminal device. communicate with the end device within range; and/or 若所述第一信令指示第二BWP的标识ID时,不向所述终端设备发送有超出第二BWP的频域范围的跳频指示,且在所述第二BWP的频域范围内与所述终端设备通信。If the first signaling indicates the identification ID of the second BWP, no frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency domain range of the second BWP is sent to the terminal device, and the frequency hopping indication that exceeds the frequency domain range of the second BWP is not sent to the terminal device. The terminal device communicates. 10.根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信令还指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述第一BWP的默认位置用于确定所述第一BWP的资源。10. The method according to claim 9, wherein the first signaling further indicates the default location of the first BWP, the first signaling indicates the default location of the first BWP, the The ID of the first BWP remains unchanged, and the default location of the first BWP is used to determine the resources of the first BWP. 11.根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,11. The method of claim 9, wherein: 所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置时,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述第一BWP的附加位置用于确定所述第一BWP的资源;或When the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, the ID of the first BWP remains unchanged, and the additional location of the first BWP is used to determine the resources of the first BWP; or 所述第一信令指示所述第二BWP的ID时,所述第二BWP的默认位置用于确定所述第二BWP的资源。When the first signaling indicates the ID of the second BWP, the default location of the second BWP is used to determine the resources of the second BWP. 12.根据权利要求9至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:12. The method according to any one of claims 9 to 11, wherein the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第一BWP的位置信息和不使能跳频,The location information of the first BWP and frequency hopping is not enabled, 所述第二BWP的ID信息和不使能跳频,The ID information of the second BWP and frequency hopping are not enabled, 所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息,the location information of the first BWP and the first frequency offset information, 所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP, 第二频率偏移信息;second frequency offset information; 其中,所述第一BWP的位置信息包括所述第一BWP的默认位置信息和/或附加位置信息;Wherein, the location information of the first BWP includes default location information and/or additional location information of the first BWP; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第一频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,不进行频率调谐;Wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第二频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。Wherein, the terminal device performs frequency tuning when performing frequency hopping transmission according to the second frequency offset information. 13.根据权利要求9至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:13. The method according to any one of claims 9 to 11, wherein the method further comprises: 确定跳频标识信息;Determine frequency hopping identification information; 当所述跳频标识信息指示不使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is not enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第二BWP的ID信息,ID information of the second BWP, 所述第一BWP的位置,the location of the first BWP, 其中,所述第一BWP的位置包括所述第一BWP的默认位置和/或所述第一BWP的附加位置;Wherein, the position of the first BWP includes the default position of the first BWP and/or the additional position of the first BWP; 当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息,the location information of the first BWP and the first frequency offset information, 所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP, 第二频率偏移信息;second frequency offset information; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第一频率偏移信息跳频传输时,不进行频率调谐;Wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; 其中,所述按照所述第二频率偏移信息跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。Wherein, during the frequency hopping transmission according to the second frequency offset information, frequency tuning is performed. 14.根据权利要求9至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:14. The method according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein the method further comprises: 确定跳频标识信息;Determine frequency hopping identification information; 当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,所述方法还包括:When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the method further includes: 向所述终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示跳频传输的方式,所述跳频传输的方式包括第一跳频传输方式和第二跳频传输方式,其中,所述第一跳频方式为进行跳频传输时的每一跳都在BWP内;所述第二跳频方式为进行跳频传输时的至少一跳在BWP外;Send first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate a frequency hopping transmission mode, and the frequency hopping transmission mode includes a first frequency hopping transmission mode and a second frequency hopping transmission mode, wherein the The first frequency hopping method is that each hop during frequency hopping transmission is within the BWP; the second frequency hopping method is that at least one hop during frequency hopping transmission is outside the BWP; 向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示跳频传输的频率偏移信息。Send second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate frequency offset information for frequency hopping transmission. 15.根据权利要求9至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:15. The method according to any one of claims 9 to 14, wherein the method further comprises: 确定类型信息,所述类型信息指示第一类型或第二类型;determining type information, the type information indicating the first type or the second type; 向所述终端设备发送第三信息;sending third information to the terminal device; 若所述类型信息指示第一类型,所述第三信息指示第一BWP的位置信息,所述第一BWP的位置信息用于确定所述BWP资源;或,If the type information indicates the first type, the third information indicates the location information of the first BWP, and the location information of the first BWP is used to determine the BWP resource; or, 若所述类型信息指示第二类型,所述第三信息指示第二BWP的ID信息,所述第二BWP的ID信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置被应用。If the type information indicates the second type, the third information indicates the ID information of the second BWP, and the ID information of the second BWP is used to determine the second BWP resource and corresponds to the second BWP ID All parameters of the configuration are applied. 16.根据权利要求9至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:16. The method according to any one of claims 9 to 14, wherein the method further comprises: 确定类型信息,所述类型信息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;determining type information, the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; 向所述终端设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示BWP的ID信息,所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或所述第二BWP的ID信息;sending fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information is used to indicate the ID information of the BWP, and the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; 当所述类型信息指示所述第一类型时,所述BWP的ID信息及所述BWP的的位置信息用于确定所述BWP的资源,所述BWP的位置信息包括所述BWP的默认位置;When the type information indicates the first type, the ID information of the BWP and the location information of the BWP are used to determine the resources of the BWP, and the location information of the BWP includes the default location of the BWP; 当所述类型信息指示所述第二类型时,所述第二BWP的ID信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置被应用。When the type information indicates the second type, the ID information of the second BWP is used to determine the second BWP resource, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID are applied. 17.一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元和处理单元:17. A communication device, comprising a transceiver unit and a processing unit: 所述收发单元用于接收第一信令;The transceiver unit is configured to receive the first signaling; 若所述第一信令指示跳频,且跳频偏移信息用于确定第一频域资源,且所述第一频域资源中至少有部分资源在所述第一BWP的频率范围之外,且终端设备确定通过频率调谐到所述第一频域资源内进行通信,且所述终端设备的第一BWP不变;和/或If the first signaling indicates frequency hopping, and the frequency hopping offset information is used to determine the first frequency domain resources, and at least some of the first frequency domain resources are outside the frequency range of the first BWP , and the terminal device determines to perform communication in the first frequency domain resource by frequency tuning, and the first BWP of the terminal device remains unchanged; and/or 所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置时,所述终端设备不期望有超出第一BWP的频率范围的跳频指示,且所述终端设备通过频率调谐到所述第一BWP的附加频率范围内进行通信;和/或When the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, the terminal device does not expect a frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency range of the first BWP, and the terminal device tunes to the first BWP by frequency communication in additional frequency ranges; and/or 所述第一信令指示第二BWP的标识ID信息时,所述终端设备不期望有超出第二BWP的频率范围的跳频指示,且所述终端设备从所述第一BWP切换到所述第二BWP;When the first signaling indicates the identification ID information of the second BWP, the terminal device does not expect a frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency range of the second BWP, and the terminal device switches from the first BWP to the Second BWP; 处理单元,所述处理单元用于根据所述第一信令的指示进行通信。and a processing unit, where the processing unit is configured to communicate according to the indication of the first signaling. 18.根据权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信令还指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一信令的指示确定BWP的资源,包括:18. The apparatus according to claim 17, wherein the first signaling further indicates a default location of the first BWP, and the processing unit is further configured to determine the BWP according to the indication of the first signaling resources, including: 所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述处理单元用于根据所述第一BWP的默认位置确定所述第一BWP的资源。The first signaling indicates the default location of the first BWP, the ID of the first BWP remains unchanged, and the processing unit is configured to determine the resources of the first BWP according to the default location of the first BWP. 19.根据权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一信令的指示确定BWP的资源,包括:19. The apparatus according to claim 17, wherein the processing unit is further configured to determine the resources of the BWP according to the indication of the first signaling, comprising: 所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置时,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述处理单元根据所述第一BWP的附加位置确定所述第一BWP的资源;或When the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, the ID of the first BWP does not change, and the processing unit determines the resources of the first BWP according to the additional location of the first BWP; or 所述第一信令指示所述第二BWP的ID信息时,所述处理单元用于根据所述第二BWP的默认位置确定所述第二BWP的资源。When the first signaling indicates the ID information of the second BWP, the processing unit is configured to determine the resources of the second BWP according to the default location of the second BWP. 20.根据权利要求17至19中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,20. The device of any one of claims 17 to 19, wherein 所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:The first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第一BWP的位置信息和不使能跳频,The location information of the first BWP and frequency hopping is not enabled, 所述第二BWP的ID信息和不使能跳频,The ID information of the second BWP and frequency hopping are not enabled, 所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息,the location information of the first BWP and the first frequency offset information, 所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP, 第二频率偏移信息;second frequency offset information; 其中,所述第一BWP的位置信息包括所述第一BWP的默认位置信息和/或附加位置信息;Wherein, the location information of the first BWP includes default location information and/or additional location information of the first BWP; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第一频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,不进行频率调谐;Wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第二频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。Wherein, the terminal device performs frequency tuning when performing frequency hopping transmission according to the second frequency offset information. 21.根据权利要求17至19中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,21. The device of any one of claims 17 to 19, wherein 所述处理单元用于获取跳频标识信息;The processing unit is configured to obtain frequency hopping identification information; 当所述跳频标识信息指示不使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is not enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第二BWP的ID信息,ID information of the second BWP, 所述第一BWP的位置,the location of the first BWP, 其中,所述第一BWP的位置包括所述第一BWP的默认位置和/或所述第一BWP的附加位置;Wherein, the position of the first BWP includes the default position of the first BWP and/or the additional position of the first BWP; 当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第一信令用于指示所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息,The first signaling is used to indicate the location information and first frequency offset information of the first BWP, 所述第一信令用于指示所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,The first signaling is used to indicate the ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP, 所述第一信令用于指示第二频率偏移信息;the first signaling is used to indicate second frequency offset information; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第一频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,不进行频率调谐;Wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第二频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。Wherein, the terminal device performs frequency tuning when performing frequency hopping transmission according to the second frequency offset information. 22.根据权利要求17至20中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,22. The device of any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein 所述处理单元用于获取跳频标识信息;The processing unit is configured to obtain frequency hopping identification information; 当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,所述收发单元还用于接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端设备的跳频传输的方式,所述跳频传输的方式包括第一跳频传输方式和第二跳频传输方式,其中,所述第一跳频方式为所述终端设备进行跳频传输时的每一跳都在BWP内;所述第二跳频方式为所述终端设备进行跳频传输时的至少一跳在BWP外;When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first information, where the first information is used to indicate a frequency hopping transmission mode of the terminal device, the frequency hopping The transmission mode includes a first frequency hopping transmission mode and a second frequency hopping transmission mode, wherein the first frequency hopping mode is that each hop when the terminal equipment performs frequency hopping transmission is within the BWP; the second frequency hopping transmission mode The frequency hopping mode is that at least one hop when the terminal equipment performs frequency hopping transmission is outside the BWP; 所述收发单元还用于接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示跳频传输的频率偏移信息。The transceiver unit is further configured to receive second information, where the second information is used to indicate frequency offset information of frequency hopping transmission. 23.根据权利要求17至22中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,23. The device of any one of claims 17 to 22, wherein 所述处理单元用于获取类型信息,所述类型信息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;The processing unit is configured to acquire type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; 所述收发单元用于接收第三信息;The transceiver unit is configured to receive third information; 若所述类型信息指示第一类型,所述第三信息指示第一BWP的位置信息,所述第一BWP的位置信息用于确定所述BWP资源;或,If the type information indicates the first type, the third information indicates the location information of the first BWP, and the location information of the first BWP is used to determine the BWP resource; or, 若所述类型信息指示第二类型,所述第三信息指示第二BWP的ID信息,所述第二BWP的ID信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置被应用。If the type information indicates the second type, the third information indicates the ID information of the second BWP, and the ID information of the second BWP is used to determine the second BWP resource and corresponds to the second BWP ID All parameters of the configuration are applied. 24.根据权利要求17至23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,24. The device of any one of claims 17 to 23, wherein 所述处理单元还用于获取类型信息,所述类型信息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;The processing unit is further configured to acquire type information, where the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; 所述收发单元还用于接收第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示BWP的ID信息,所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或所述第二BWP的ID信息;The transceiver unit is further configured to receive fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate the ID information of the BWP, and the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; 当所述类型信息指示所述第一类型时,所述处理单元用于根据所述BWP的ID信息及所述BWP的位置信息确定所述BWP的资源,所述BWP的位置信息包括所述BWP的默认位置;When the type information indicates the first type, the processing unit is configured to determine the resource of the BWP according to the ID information of the BWP and the location information of the BWP, where the location information of the BWP includes the BWP the default location; 当所述类型信息指示所述第二类型时,所述处理单元用于根据所述第二BWP的ID信息确定所述第二BWP资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置被应用。When the type information indicates the second type, the processing unit is configured to determine the second BWP resource according to the ID information of the second BWP, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID are configured application. 25.一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元和处理单元,25. A communication device, characterized by comprising a transceiver unit and a processing unit, 所述收发单元用于发送第一信令;The transceiver unit is configured to send the first signaling; 若所述第一信令指示跳频,且跳频偏移信息用于确定第一频域资源,且所述第一频域资源中至少有部分资源在所述第一BWP的频域范围之外;和/或If the first signaling indicates frequency hopping, and the frequency hopping offset information is used to determine the first frequency domain resources, and at least some of the first frequency domain resources are within the frequency domain range of the first BWP outside; and/or 若所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置时,不向终端设备发送有超出第一BWP的频域范围的跳频指示,且在所述第一BWP的附加频域范围内与所述终端设备进行通信;和/或If the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, no frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency domain range of the first BWP is sent to the terminal device, and is within the additional frequency domain range of the first BWP communicate with the terminal device; and/or 若所述第一信令指示第二BWP的标识ID时,不向所述终端设备发送有超出第二BWP的频域范围的跳频指示,且在所述第二BWP的频域范围内与所述终端设备通信。If the first signaling indicates the identification ID of the second BWP, no frequency hopping indication beyond the frequency domain range of the second BWP is sent to the terminal device, and the frequency hopping indication that exceeds the frequency domain range of the second BWP is not sent to the terminal device. The terminal device communicates. 26.根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,26. The apparatus of claim 25, wherein 所述第一信令还指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的默认位置,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述第一BWP的默认位置用于确定所述第一BWP的资源。The first signaling further indicates the default location of the first BWP, the first signaling indicates the default location of the first BWP, the ID of the first BWP remains unchanged, and the default location of the first BWP is unchanged. The location is used to determine the resources of the first BWP. 27.根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,27. The apparatus of claim 25, wherein 所述第一信令指示所述第一BWP的附加位置时,所述第一BWP的ID不变,所述第一BWP的附加位置用于确定所述第一BWP的资源;或When the first signaling indicates the additional location of the first BWP, the ID of the first BWP remains unchanged, and the additional location of the first BWP is used to determine the resources of the first BWP; or 所述第一信令指示所述第二BWP的ID时,所述第二BWP的默认位置用于确定所述第二BWP的资源。When the first signaling indicates the ID of the second BWP, the default location of the second BWP is used to determine the resources of the second BWP. 28.根据权利要求25至27中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:28. The apparatus according to any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第一BWP的位置信息和不使能跳频,The location information of the first BWP and frequency hopping is not enabled, 所述第二BWP的ID信息和不使能跳频,The ID information of the second BWP and frequency hopping are not enabled, 所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息,the location information of the first BWP and the first frequency offset information, 所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP, 第二频率偏移信息;second frequency offset information; 其中,所述第一BWP的位置信息包括所述第一BWP的默认位置信息和/或附加位置信息;Wherein, the location information of the first BWP includes default location information and/or additional location information of the first BWP; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第一频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,不进行频率调谐;Wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第二频率偏移信息进行跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。Wherein, the terminal device performs frequency tuning when performing frequency hopping transmission according to the second frequency offset information. 29.根据权利要求25至27中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,29. The device of any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein 所述处理单元用于确定跳频标识信息;The processing unit is configured to determine frequency hopping identification information; 当所述跳频标识信息指示不使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is not enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第二BWP的ID信息,ID information of the second BWP, 所述第一BWP的位置,the location of the first BWP, 其中,所述第一BWP的位置包括所述第一BWP的默认位置和/或所述第一BWP的附加位置;Wherein, the position of the first BWP includes the default position of the first BWP and/or the additional position of the first BWP; 当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,所述第一信令用于指示以下的至少一项:When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, the first signaling is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第一BWP的位置信息和第一频率偏移信息,the location information of the first BWP and the first frequency offset information, 所述第二BWP的ID信息和第一频率偏移信息,ID information and first frequency offset information of the second BWP, 第二频率偏移信息;second frequency offset information; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第一频率偏移信息跳频传输时,不进行频率调谐;Wherein, when the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission according to the first frequency offset information, frequency tuning is not performed; 其中,所述终端设备按照所述第二频率偏移信息跳频传输时,进行频率调谐。Wherein, the terminal device performs frequency tuning during frequency hopping transmission according to the second frequency offset information. 30.根据权利要求5至28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,30. The method of any one of claims 5 to 28, wherein 所述处理单元用于确定跳频标识信息;The processing unit is configured to determine frequency hopping identification information; 当所述跳频标识信息指示使能跳频传输时,When the frequency hopping identification information indicates that frequency hopping transmission is enabled, 所述收发单元用于发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示跳频传输的方式,所述跳频传输的方式包括第一跳频传输方式和第二跳频传输方式,其中,所述第一跳频方式为进行跳频传输时的每一跳都在BWP内;所述第二跳频方式为进行跳频传输时的至少一跳在BWP外;The transceiver unit is configured to send first information, where the first information is used to indicate a frequency hopping transmission mode, and the frequency hopping transmission mode includes a first frequency hopping transmission mode and a second frequency hopping transmission mode, wherein the The first frequency hopping mode is that each hop when performing frequency hopping transmission is in the BWP; the second frequency hopping mode is that at least one hop when performing frequency hopping transmission is outside the BWP; 所述收发单元用于发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示跳频传输的频率偏移信息。The transceiver unit is configured to send second information, where the second information is used to indicate frequency offset information of frequency hopping transmission. 31.根据权利要求25至30中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,31. The device of any one of claims 25 to 30, wherein 所述处理单元用于确定类型信息,所述类型信息指示第一类型或第二类型;The processing unit is configured to determine type information, the type information indicating the first type or the second type; 所述收发单元用于发送第三信息;The transceiver unit is used for sending third information; 若所述类型信息指示第一类型,所述第三信息指示第一BWP的位置信息,所述第一BWP的位置信息用于确定所述BWP资源;或,If the type information indicates the first type, the third information indicates the location information of the first BWP, and the location information of the first BWP is used to determine the BWP resource; or, 若所述类型信息指示第二类型,所述第三信息指示第二BWP的ID信息,所述第二BWP的ID信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置被应用。If the type information indicates the second type, the third information indicates the ID information of the second BWP, and the ID information of the second BWP is used to determine the second BWP resource and corresponds to the second BWP ID All parameters of the configuration are applied. 32.根据权利要求25至30中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,32. The device of any one of claims 25 to 30, wherein 所述处理单元用于确定类型信息,所述类型信息用于指示第一类型或第二类型;The processing unit is used to determine type information, the type information is used to indicate the first type or the second type; 所述收发单元用于发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示BWP的ID信息,所述BWP的ID信息包括所述第一BWP的ID信息或所述第二BWP的ID信息;The transceiver unit is configured to send fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate the ID information of the BWP, and the ID information of the BWP includes the ID information of the first BWP or the ID information of the second BWP; 当所述类型信息指示所述第一类型时,所述BWP的ID信息及所述BWP的的位置信息用于确定所述BWP的资源,所述BWP的位置信息包括所述BWP的默认位置;When the type information indicates the first type, the ID information of the BWP and the location information of the BWP are used to determine the resources of the BWP, and the location information of the BWP includes the default location of the BWP; 当所述类型信息指示所述第二类型时,所述第二BWP的ID信息用于确定所述第二BWP资源,且对应于所述第二BWP ID的所有参数配置被应用。When the type information indicates the second type, the ID information of the second BWP is used to determine the second BWP resource, and all parameter configurations corresponding to the second BWP ID are applied. 33.一种计算机可读存储介质,其存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至8中任意一项所述的方法。33. A computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program which, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 8.
CN202110278081.1A 2021-03-15 2021-03-15 Communication method and device Pending CN115087107A (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110278081.1A CN115087107A (en) 2021-03-15 2021-03-15 Communication method and device
PCT/CN2022/079827 WO2022193997A1 (en) 2021-03-15 2022-03-09 Communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110278081.1A CN115087107A (en) 2021-03-15 2021-03-15 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN115087107A true CN115087107A (en) 2022-09-20

Family

ID=83246216

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN202110278081.1A Pending CN115087107A (en) 2021-03-15 2021-03-15 Communication method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115087107A (en)
WO (1) WO2022193997A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018085145A1 (en) * 2016-11-02 2018-05-11 Idac Holding, Inc. Receiver bandwidth adaptation
CN109586878B (en) * 2017-09-29 2023-11-14 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Base station, user equipment, uplink resource allocation method, and uplink transmission method
CN109392141B (en) * 2017-08-11 2021-07-09 华为技术有限公司 A method, device and system for adjusting frequency domain resources and sending indication information
EP3462795B1 (en) * 2017-10-02 2024-03-20 Apple Inc. Mobile communication system, user equipment, access node, transceiver, baseband circuitry, apparatus, method, and machine readable media and computer programs for processing baseband signals
CN110166209B (en) * 2018-02-14 2024-05-24 华为技术有限公司 Downlink control information transmission method
CN113677024B (en) * 2020-05-15 2024-09-06 华为技术有限公司 Resource determination method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2022193997A1 (en) 2022-09-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10779319B2 (en) Reduction of concurrent signaling in a relay user equipment (UE)
US11528710B2 (en) Time domain resource indication method in relay network, network device, and user equipment
CN109152029B (en) Communication method, network equipment and user equipment
CN109804691B (en) A data transmission method and device, and computer storage medium
JP6971321B2 (en) Transmission method, network device, and terminal device
TW201830908A (en) Communication method and terminal
JP2020508016A5 (en)
WO2021031939A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2020192719A1 (en) Beam updating method and communication apparatus
AU2018402038A1 (en) BWP frequency hopping configuration method, network device and terminal
JP7691212B2 (en) Terminal, base station and communication method
US20240314759A1 (en) Resource indication method and communication apparatus
CN108631975A (en) Reference signal sending method, channel measuring method, wireless base station and user terminal
CN114868443A (en) Method and apparatus for enhancing sounding reference signal (SRS) transmission signaling
CN111756511B (en) A method, device and system for determining frequency hopping frequency
CN116686358A (en) Communication method and device based on access backhaul integration
EP3661286B1 (en) Communication method, terminal device and network device
JP2018537907A (en) Scheduling information transmission method and apparatus
CN108631907A (en) Without authorized transmissions method, user terminal and base station
CN115024006B (en) Uplink sending method and device
CN115915111A (en) Communication method, communication device and computer readable storage medium
CN116671213A (en) Method and device for determining transmission power
CN110035548A (en) The method and communication equipment of communication
WO2022193997A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP3735082B1 (en) Downlink transmission resource allocation method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination